TW201248367A - Portable computer support - Google Patents

Portable computer support Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201248367A
TW201248367A TW101117121A TW101117121A TW201248367A TW 201248367 A TW201248367 A TW 201248367A TW 101117121 A TW101117121 A TW 101117121A TW 101117121 A TW101117121 A TW 101117121A TW 201248367 A TW201248367 A TW 201248367A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
computer
support
user
arm
swing arm
Prior art date
Application number
TW101117121A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Peter J Kielland
Original Assignee
Peter J Kielland
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/CA2012/000342 external-priority patent/WO2012139198A1/en
Application filed by Peter J Kielland filed Critical Peter J Kielland
Publication of TW201248367A publication Critical patent/TW201248367A/en

Links

Landscapes

  • Casings For Electric Apparatus (AREA)

Abstract

A support for a pad computer and the like includes a body support strap which may be placed around the neck or shoulders of a user, and a body propping unit that positions a computer outwardly from the torso of the user. The body support strap connects to the body propping member preferably at a location proximately aligned with the center of gravity of the combined mass of the computer and computer support when the body popping member is deployed in its stand-off position. In a preferred variant the body propping member is a U-shaped strut assembly with two arms joined by a bridge. The body support strap connects to the arms. The arms are hinged at the sides of the computer. The bridge may be swung from an in-use orientation spacing the computer outwardly from a user, to a parked position wherein the bridge lies adjacent to an opposite transverse edge of the computer in the plane of the computer.

Description

201248367 . 六、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 [0001]本發明係指向類似於「平板式電腦」類型諸如此類的可 攜式電腦的支撐系統,其具有讓使用者在坐下或直立時 以一或兩手操作電腦的物件。其中,進一步的特徵提供 了供定位為收納或轉變為桌面操作的支撑物。 [先前技術3 [0002] 利用觸控螢幕使用者界面的小型行動運算裝置的到來已 D 突顯出在操作它們時攜帶它們的改良手段之需求。舉例 來說,除了其電話功能之外,「智慧型手機」例如App i e iPhone™或HTC Desire™包括觸控螢幕與圖形使用者界 面。然而手機原有的小尺寸讓使用者在與裝置之複雜軟 體功能完全地互動是困難的,特別是對於需要在其小巧 的觸控螢幕上顯示的虛擬鍵盤上打字的使用者而言。在 這些小巧的「虛擬鍵盤」上啟動按鍵是相當困難的,而 且在其上使用雙手迅速觸碰打字實際上是不可能的。 0 為了操作此類智慧型手機,當以一手操作時必須以另一 手持之,並且其人體工學約束限制t其作為通用行動電 腦的用途。為了補救智慧型手機在人體工學效率上的缺 乏,已經引入較大型的「平板式電腦」,其範例為Apple iPad™、Motorola Xoom™ 以及Asus Eee Pad™。此類 平板式電腦(在下文亦以P-C簡稱之)具有實質上比智慧 型手機還大的觸控螢幕。此大幅促進了資料輸入與資料 視覺化兩者。 平板式電腦之相對大型的觸控螢幕為大小與長寬比相當 於典型印出頁面之大小與長寬比的矩形。為了完全利用 1011171#單編號 AQ1Q1 ^ 5 I / ^ 142 I 1013306805-0 201248367 其矩形觸控螢幕,p-c典型地具有測量觸控螢幕的垂直定 向並且自動地再定向其顯示資料而以「直式定向( portrait orientation)」或「橫式定向( landscape orientation)」正確觀看之内部加速度計 (accelerometer )或重力感湏丨j 器(gravity sensor )。此顯示特徵使得不同軟體應用能夠針對手邊的任務 以最適合的直立定向自動地顯示資料。舉例來說,當閱 讀「電子書」時,使用者可旋轉他們的P-C,使得其觸控 螢幕為垂直定向(直式模式),從而使「頁面」得以最 佳顯示。若接著使用者希望編輯文字文件,他們可以旋 轉他們的PC螢幕90度至水平定向(橫式模式),並且平 板式電腦的文字處理軟體將沿著觸控螢幕底部自動地顯 示大型虛擬鍵盤以促進工作。 P-C的橫向虛擬鍵盤典型地對於使用者而言是夠大的,以 使用雙手快速觸碰打字,然而為了做到這樣,必須先將 P-C支撐為使用時的適當角度以及定位;典型地,將P-C 支撐於水平表面(例如桌面),然而使用者的膝蓋亦可 能足以作為支撐表面。沒有此類的外部支撐表面並且站 立之下,使用者被迫以一手持著其P-C而以另一手緩慢地 打字。 行動使用P-C的進一步障礙為,由於其光滑平板狀的形狀 ,使其在不遮住顯示資料下難以牢固地握緊而將之掉落 的巨大風險。為解決這些問題,可使用各種桌面電腦支 架(例如Yamada的美國專利5, 607, 1 35 )以提供P-C必 要的桌面支撐,使得其可更有效率地使用。然而,此類 支架的使用仍將迫使使用者於工作時坐於桌前,並且這 101117121^^ A0101 第6頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 讓使用將更適合用於行動用途的此類小型電腦的目的挫 敗。 為了實現p-c觸控螢幕的雙手操作及/或免持觀看期間的 真正機動性,當他們行走時可由使用者「穿上」它,其 使用將懸吊Ρ-C於他們腹部前面最佳位置與方向的吊帶。 各種先前技藝的吊帶裝置有些可適用於此行動用途模式 .例如Morde (US 1,542,163)提供如上所述可仿似桌 面功能的免持平台,並且從而促進平板式電腦的最佳行 動使用。 〇 類似的吊帶平台配置係由Bourque ( US 5, 667, 1 14 )、201248367. VI. Description of the Invention: [Technical Field of the Invention] [0001] The present invention is directed to a support system of a portable computer similar to a "tablet computer" type or the like, which has a user when sitting or standing upright Operate the computer's objects in one or two hands. Among other features, further features provide a support for positioning to be stored or converted to a tabletop operation. [Prior Art 3 [0002] The advent of small mobile computing devices utilizing a touch screen user interface has highlighted the need for improved means of carrying them while operating them. For example, in addition to its phone features, "smart phones" such as App i e iPhoneTM or HTC DesireTM include touch screens and graphical user interfaces. However, the original small size of the handset makes it difficult for the user to fully interact with the complex software functions of the device, especially for users who need to type on a virtual keyboard displayed on their compact touch screen. It is quite difficult to activate the keys on these small "virtual keyboards", and it is virtually impossible to quickly type and use them with both hands. 0 In order to operate such a smart phone, it must be held by one hand when it is operated by one hand, and its ergonomic constraints limit its use as a general-purpose mobile computer. In order to remedy the lack of ergonomic efficiency of smart phones, larger "tablet computers" have been introduced, examples of which are Apple iPadTM, Motorola XoomTM and Asus Eee PadTM. Such a tablet computer (hereinafter also referred to as P-C for short) has a touch screen that is substantially larger than a smart phone. This greatly facilitates both data entry and data visualization. The relatively large touch screen of a tablet computer is a rectangle whose size and aspect ratio are comparable to the size and aspect ratio of a typical printed page. In order to fully utilize the 1011171# single number AQ1Q1 ^ 5 I / ^ 142 I 1013306805-0 201248367 rectangular touch screen, the PC typically has a vertical orientation for measuring the touch screen and automatically reorients its display data to "straight orientation" (Portrait orientation) or "landscape orientation" is the internal accelerometer or gravity sensor that is correctly viewed. This display feature enables different software applications to automatically display data in the most appropriate upright orientation for the task at hand. For example, when reading an "e-book", the user can rotate their P-C so that the touch screen is vertically oriented (straight mode), so that the "page" is optimally displayed. If the user wishes to edit the text file, they can rotate their PC screen 90 degrees to the horizontal orientation (horizontal mode), and the tablet computer's word processing software will automatically display the large virtual keyboard along the bottom of the touch screen to promote jobs. The lateral virtual keyboard of the PC is typically large enough for the user to quickly type and touch using both hands, however in order to do so, the PC must first be supported for proper angle and positioning when in use; typically, The PC is supported on a horizontal surface (such as a table top), however the user's knees may also be sufficient as a support surface. Without such an external support surface and standing, the user is forced to type slowly with the other hand with one hand holding his P-C. A further obstacle to the use of P-C is that due to its smooth, flat shape, it poses a great risk of being difficult to hold tightly and not drop it without obscuring the displayed material. To solve these problems, various desktop computer supports (e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,607, 1 35 to Yamada) can be used to provide the necessary desktop support for the P-C, making it more efficient to use. However, the use of such a bracket will still force the user to sit at the table during work, and this 101117121^^ A0101 Page 6 of 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 allows the use of such small size that would be more suitable for mobile use The purpose of the computer is frustrated. In order to achieve the two-hand operation of the pc touch screen and/or the real mobility during the hands-free viewing period, the user can "put on" it while walking, and its use will suspend the Ρ-C in the best position in front of their abdomen. Sling with direction. Some of the prior art slings are somewhat suitable for this mobile use mode. For example, Morde (US 1,542,163) provides a hands-free platform that mimics the desktop function as described above, and thus promotes optimal use of the tablet. . 〇 A similar sling platform configuration is made by Bourque (US 5, 667, 1 14 ),

Saner (US 5,938,096 ) >Lee(US 6,349,864 ) >Saner (US 5,938,096 ) >Lee (US 6,349,864 ) >

Maddali (US 6,381,127 )以及Baranoski (US 7, 780, 049 )揭露。尤其,Lee (us 6, 349, 864 )提供 以頸帶形式之體掛式組件以及鉸鏈su形支撐單元,用於 將可搞式電腦與使用者的身體分離,其中可將此帶連接 至電腦或支撐單元之臂。然而除此之外,該支撐單元不 能被完全地扭轉_電腦的橫向邊緣,缺乏用於在多個 料續方向支撐_的裝置,並且縣提供容許電腦承 受接近平衡以及下垂方向㈣於要被連接的吊帶。 雖然上述文獻均提供用於操作電腦的可穿戴式载具但 是這些先前技藝裝置可能遭受—或更多的下列缺失._ 它們不能兼具可穿戴式以及支制於橫式定向或直式定 向觀看或當置於桌㈣料人體工學觸碰打字的適當傾 角的平板式電腦。 *穿上f I剛技藝之載具並未提供足夠的平衡,以抵 抗平板式電腦於其吊帶内旋轉以及垂直懸掛的傾向。 10111712产單編號A〇101 帛7頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 先前技藝之載具阻擋了沿著p-c侧邊設置的資料埠與控制 的通道。 先前技藝之載具為笨重的且為顯見的干擾,從而減損P-C 的簡約外觀與最小重量。 先前技藝之載具的可穿戴式吊帶不使用時無法方便地與 不引人注目地收納。 - 先前技藝之載具不保護平板式電腦的不慎掉落。 提供消除許多上述缺失的可穿戴式P-C載具是本發明的目 標。Maddali (US 6,381,127) and Baranoski (US 7,780, 049) disclose. In particular, Lee (us 6, 349, 864) provides a body-mounted component in the form of a neckband and a hinged su-shaped support unit for separating the engageable computer from the user's body, wherein the strap can be connected to the computer Or the arm of the support unit. However, apart from this, the support unit cannot be completely twisted _ the lateral edge of the computer, lacking means for supporting _ in multiple continuation directions, and the county provides for allowing the computer to withstand close balance and the sag direction (4) to be connected Sling. While the above references all provide wearable carriers for operating computers, these prior art devices may suffer from - or more of the following deficiencies. They may not be both wearable and supported in horizontal or direct orientation. Or when placed on a table (four) ergonomically touch the tablet with the proper angle of inclination. * The wearing of the f I's craftsmanship does not provide sufficient balance to resist the tendency of the tablet to rotate and hang vertically within its sling. 10111712 Order No. A〇101 帛7 pages/total 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 Previously crafted vehicles blocked the data and control channels set along the side of the p-c. Previously crafted vehicles were cumbersome and obvious interference, thereby detracting from the simple appearance and minimum weight of the P-C. The wearable harness of the prior art carrier cannot be conveniently and unobtrusively stored when not in use. - Previously crafted vehicles did not protect the tablet from accidental drops. It is an object of the present invention to provide a wearable P-C carrier that eliminates many of the above-mentioned deficiencies.

本發明將首先以其一般的形式描述,接著將參考隨後以 下之圖式’以特定的具體實施例詳述其實施方式。這些 具體實施例係意圖說明本發明的原則以及其實施的方式 。本發明於其最廣泛且更特定的形式將於總結此說明書 的每個各別的申請專利範圍中再進一步描述並且定義。 【發明内容】 [0003]本發明提出要由使用者操作之可攜式電癩的支採物以及 優選地以「平板」形式之可攜式電腦的支撐物,其包含 可經由使用者的上半身承載電腦重量的身體支撐構件以 及用於將電腦從使用者的軀幹向外定向的身體支持構件 。本文的平板電腦包括具有一般平面形式因素以及於兩 個表面其中之—提供顯示之@書閱讀ϋ以及手機與其他 微電子裝置。由本發明所擁護的電腦亦可作為用於書寫 或緣圖而安裝於身㈣可攜式桌面。在所有情況下,所 支推的物件-般為直線的、平面的形式,並且於其兩個 表面其中之一承載一工作表面。 1013306805-0 201248367 叉柱組件 端 具可從收納位 ,…一& 0电物的側邊而部署延伸 而用於與使用者的軀幹卡合(en 繩索或類似物(其後簡稱為「吊帶」)形式)之;: 構:連接至這兩個各別臂,以承載電腦的重量。特概 ’身體支料件經自向支#連接處 來承載電腦的重量。 D 、的輕合點 =本發明的另-版本中,身體支持構件被定位於電 方,並經由容許身體支持構件朝著使用 電腦背板而連接至電腦。在此配置中,2署的 位於電腦下方的單-支柱所在的收納位置移:二 :=T該單一支柱向外延伸於電腦的較低橫向邊 的那—邊’而用於與使用者的軀幹接觸。此支柱可被 鉸接以回轉至定位,或這樣的支柱可被滑動地部署。 依據重力感應平板電腦反轉顯示器的能力,經由反轉所 結合的電職切物,當設置於桌面上時可使料一支 柱以支撐電腦。 ❹ 節㈣产單編號 在此變形t的身體支持構件於麵合點連接至電腦背板的 外侧端’以承載電腦的重量。 為了建立均衡的平衡狀態的目的,當電腦將要被支撲組 件所承_,身體支持射對各_合點料接優選地 係沿著將it過或接近電職身體讀構件結合在一起的 ,〜之線而進行。在身體A持構件可各別地占據電腦外 邛以及更接近電腦的放置位置之部署位置的情況下,當 符支持構件時,需要此均衡的平衡狀態的條件。當放 置支持構件時’對電腦與其支樓組件而言,優選的是採 下垂疋向(pendulous 〇rientati〇n)。因此對於要 第9頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 相應地建立的耦合點來說是需要的。 當部署支持構件時,將耦合點定位於約略與電腦+身體支 持構件的組合物的質量中心對齊,有助於最小化經由電 腦與支持構件的組合物的重量與身體支撐構件交互作用 以及支柱組件與身體軀幹的接觸所產生的扭矩。不需如 同身體支持構件的身體接觸部分般完美的此對齊可經由 其與使用者身體的磨擦卡合而提供一反向扭矩。當此磨 擦卡合可以最小或可接受的身體支持構件於其與使用者 軀幹接觸下滑動的傾向而維持時,足以降低此扭矩至某 程度。 為了增強此目標,可將身體支持構件的身體接觸表面可 以防滑漆而提供。此可能是以橡膠緩衝器的形式而用於 磨擦性地卡合使用者之軀幹。優選地將此接觸表面被彎 曲而用於與使用者的軀幹更密合或更舒適的卡合。 作為本發明的一變形,可將電腦的支持支撐物以經由固 定件所承載的兩條閒置臂所提供,該固定件在電腦的側 邊邊緣所形成或是被連接至電腦背板的外端。背板可經 由位於電腦或背板侧邊的邊緣安裝管、軌道或線性導軌 而承載這樣的間置臂,其容許該臂為了收納而沿著這樣 的側邊滑動。替代地,可將閒置臂旋轉地耦合至電腦或 背板。有利地,旋轉臂移出與電腦的平面對齊的能力顯 露出沿著電腦邊緣之電腦埠的通道。 背板當存在時可承載電腦連接處,該電腦連接處容許兩 可移動臂被連接至一電腦以及間接地身體支撐構件連接 至本發明的支撐物之耦合點。 根據另一變形,兩臂係經由位於每一臂的各別第一可延 1〇imi2产單編號A0101 第10頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 伸端的連接構件或「橋形接合器」而於電腦或背板的位 置向外連接,以提供統一的1|形身體支持構件或「U_形支 权細件」A「II形擺臂」。每—臂的其他第二端被間隔開 ’而用於當置於那之㈣連接至可攜式電腦或背板的相 反側。此形成了容許電腦被使用者中央軀幹向前支撐的^^ 形支標組件。在此變形中,橋形接合器可經由滑行動作 或經由旋轉而從電腦向外部署。 橋形接合器可具有凹面彎曲接觸表面,以提供與使用者 軀幹更密合或更舒服的卡合。此彎曲的内表面可帶有防 滑漆。 在臂與橋形接合器之間的角連接處可能是有彈性的,使 得在沒有電腦存在下將臂向内彎折為朝向其第二端前進 ’但可被彈性地分開以接收並且抓取其間的電腦。此外 ,除此經由將U形支柱組件存在於其周邊部分附近來提供 之外,在臂與橋形接合器會合下可將臂向外彎曲,以改 善运樣的彈性並且提供對電腦掉落的額外保護。 在D形支柱組件的例子中 '連接至電腦係優選地經由掩轉 接頭而實現’於轉接頭存在時容許臂相關於電腦本體 而旋轉。此容許U形支柱組件從操作狀態(其中支柱組件 的橋轉。器係於電腦的使用者__侧向外間隔開該電腦 β轉至相反的位置,其橋形接合H係接近或相鄰位於 遠離使用者身體之電腦邊緣而放置。此後者的配置,特 !田橋m器與電腦為共平面時,對收納目的而言是 有用的。 职傳叉柱組件的 , 丨久%从7屬此、姐仟連按主·电肠¥ 00 w 1 α器係、位於相關於樞轉接頭的位置,藉此橋形 1013306805-0 10111712产果編號Α〇101 第11頁/共142頁 201248367 接合器當位於收納位置時較當位於操作位置時更接近電. ,。在此收納位置’當自身體支撐構㈣_,電腦與 支撐組件應傾向於形成一下垂定向。 相對應地,當此組件以杰‘ 件以先别指出、身體支撐構件的耦合 而連接電腦至位於沿著將通過或接近電腦加上支撐 組件之組合重心之直線的各別臂時,此組合物將傾向於 表又更接近平衡的均衡狀態。此將使電腦或採用時的支 撐桌面於使用時更為穩定。 框轉接頭亦可容許臂與橋形接合ϋ存在時被放置在以兩 共面範圍中間之優敎向。合宜地,樞轉接頭可具有容 〇 终臂及/或橋形接合器被不可卡合地固定於這些優選位置 中至j 一些之掣子(d6tentes)、制部或其他鎖定裝置 。舉例來說’鎖定可經由使用摩擦或箝夾連接而實現, 當卡合時摩擦或箝紐接將消除臂或支餘件關聯於電 腦而旋轉的傾向。此將容許廣泛_的鎖定定向被建立 。優選的鎖定結構為鍵以及滑槽(fceyway),特別是滑The invention will be described in its general form first, and its embodiments will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. These specific embodiments are intended to illustrate the principles of the invention and the manner in which it is implemented. The invention in its broadest and more specific form is further described and defined in the scope of each of the various claims. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION [0003] The present invention provides a support for a portable electronic device to be operated by a user, and a support for a portable computer, preferably in the form of a "flat", including the upper body of the user. A body support member that carries the weight of the computer and a body support member for orienting the computer outward from the user's torso. The tablet of this document includes elements in a general planar form and on both surfaces - a @书阅读ϋ for display and a cell phone and other microelectronic devices. The computer supported by the present invention can also be mounted on the body (four) portable desktop as a writing or edge map. In all cases, the object being pushed is generally in the form of a straight, flat surface and carries a working surface on one of its two surfaces. 1013306805-0 201248367 The fork column assembly end can be deployed from the side of the storage position, ... a & 0 electrical material for engagement with the user's torso (en rope or the like (hereinafter referred to as "sling "))): Construction: Connect to these two separate arms to carry the weight of the computer. The ‘body's body parts are carried by the self-supporting branch to carry the weight of the computer. Light junction point of D. In another version of the invention, the body support member is positioned on the electrical side and connected to the computer via the permissible body support member toward the use of the computer back panel. In this configuration, the storage position of the single-pillar located under the computer is moved: two: = T the single pillar extends outwardly from the side of the lower lateral edge of the computer for use with the user Torso contact. This post can be hinged to swivel to position, or such a post can be slidably deployed. According to the ability of the gravity sensing tablet to reverse the display, by reversing the combined electric cuttings, when placed on the table, a column can be supported to support the computer. ❹ Section (4) Production Order No. The body support member of this deformation t is connected to the outer end of the computer backboard at the face-to-point to carry the weight of the computer. In order to establish a balanced balance, when the computer is to be supported by the smashing component, the body support is preferably combined with the body reading member that is connected to or close to the electric body. Go to the line of ~. In the case where the body A holding member can occupy the outside of the computer and the deployment position closer to the placement position of the computer, the condition of the balanced balance state is required when the member is supported. When placing the support member, it is preferable to use a pendulous 〇rientati〇n for the computer and its branch assembly. Therefore, it is necessary for the coupling point to be established correspondingly on page 9 of 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367. When deploying the support member, positioning the coupling point to approximately align with the center of mass of the composition of the computer + body support member helps to minimize interaction of the weight of the composition via the computer with the support member with the body support member and the strut assembly Torque generated by contact with the body torso. This alignment, which is not as perfect as the body contacting portion of the body support member, provides a reverse torque via its frictional engagement with the user's body. When the frictional engagement is maintained by a minimal or acceptable body support member that is maintained in a tendency to slide under contact with the user's torso, it is sufficient to reduce this torque to a certain extent. To enhance this goal, the body contacting surface of the body support member can be provided as a non-slip paint. This may be in the form of a rubber bumper for frictionally engaging the user's torso. Preferably, the contact surface is curved for more intimate or more comfortable engagement with the user's torso. As a variant of the invention, the support support of the computer can be provided by two idle arms carried by the fixing member, which are formed at the side edges of the computer or connected to the outer end of the computer backboard. . The backing plate can carry such an arm via an edge mounting tube, rail or linear guide located on the side of the computer or back panel that allows the arm to slide along such side edges for storage. Alternatively, the idle arm can be rotationally coupled to a computer or backplane. Advantageously, the ability of the rotating arm to move out of alignment with the plane of the computer reveals a channel along the computer's edge. The backplane, when present, can carry a computer connection that allows the two movable arms to be coupled to a computer and indirectly to the point of attachment of the body support member to the support of the present invention. According to another variant, the two arms are connected via a connecting member or a "bridge adapter" at each of the first extensions of the respective first extension 1〇imi2, the order number A0101, the 10th page, the 142th page, the 1013306805-0201248367 extension. Connected outwards at the computer or backplane to provide a uniform 1|shaped body support member or "U_shaped support member" A "II swing arm". The other second ends of each arm are spaced apart and used to connect to the opposite side of the portable computer or backplane. This forms a ^-shaped sub-assembly that allows the computer to be supported forward by the user's central torso. In this variation, the bridge adapter can be deployed outwardly from the computer via a gliding action or via rotation. The bridge adapter can have a concave curved contact surface to provide a more snug or more comfortable engagement with the user's torso. This curved inner surface can be provided with an anti-slip paint. The angular connection between the arm and the bridge adapter may be resilient such that the arm is bent inwardly toward its second end in the absence of a computer 'but can be elastically separated to receive and grasp The computer in between. In addition, in addition to being provided by presenting the U-shaped strut assembly adjacent to its peripheral portion, the arm can be bent outwardly when the arm is brought into engagement with the bridge adapter to improve the elasticity of the sample and provide a drop to the computer. Extra protection. In the example of a D-pillar assembly, 'connecting to a computer system is preferably accomplished via a cover joint' that allows the arm to rotate relative to the computer body when the adapter is present. This allows the U-shaped strut assembly to be rotated from the operating state (where the strut assembly is bridged to the user's side of the computer) to the opposite side of the computer, and its bridge-shaped joint H is close to or adjacent to It is placed at the edge of the computer away from the user's body. This latter configuration, special! Tianqiao m device and the computer are coplanar, it is useful for storage purposes. For the purpose of the fork assembly, 丨久% from 7 genera This, sister, even the main electro-intestine ¥ 00 w 1 α system, located in the position related to the pivot joint, whereby the bridge 1013306805-0 10111712 fruit production number Α〇 101 page 11 / 142 pages 201248367 The adapter is closer to electricity when in the storage position than when in the operating position. In this storage position 'when the body supports (4), the computer and the support assembly should tend to form a vertical orientation. Correspondingly, when this component The composition will tend to be more versatile when the computer is connected to a separate arm along a line that will pass or approach the combined center of gravity of the support assembly, as indicated by the combination of the body support members. Close to equilibrium Balanced state. This will make the computer or the supporting table when used more stable in use. The frame adapter can also allow the arm and the bridge joint to be placed in the middle of the two coplanar ranges. The pivot joint may have a circumscribing arm and/or a bridge adapter that is non-releasably secured in these preferred positions to a number of dice, parts or other locking devices. 'Locking can be achieved by using friction or jaw connections, which can eliminate the tendency of the arm or the remainder to rotate in association with the computer when engaged. This will allow for a wide-angle locking orientation to be established. The locking structure is a key and a chute (fceyway), especially slippery

槽為十字形配置。此將於後者倩況中提供一系列在9『互 相鎖定的定向。Q 这些鎖定裝置容許臂或支柱組件被定位並且可拆卸地鎖 定於關聯於電腦不引人注意的定向。將臂或橋形接合器 固定於中間位置可用以支撐電腦於支撐表面上,容許其 以對於使用者觀看及/或操作方便的角度來傾斜。 在使用時’獨立臂或u形支柱組件可被定位於停放位置的 180° ’但採用18〇°的精確轉移角度是沒有必要的。在使 用時,可將電腦以例如使用磨擦或栓槽(spline)接頭 定位於與臂或U形擺臂共平面對齊之外。然而,經由如同 1013306805-0 10111712产單編號删1 第12頁/共142頁 201248367 下面進一步描述的調整身體支撐構件的延伸,在使用時 可獲得電腦定向之等效調整。 如同先前指出的,身體切構件或吊帶的竊合點係優選 地沿著跨越電腦寬度的橫向線條而定位當開啟至其操 作配置時,其鄰近賴略對齊於所组合的電腦加上支柱 組件的重^。定位這聽合點關聯於t腦與㈣彡支撐組件 的重心的優點已於先前提出。現麵提出這些耦合點關 聯於樞轉連接處與電腦的定位。The slot is a cross configuration. This will provide a series of 9" interlocking orientations in the latter case. Q These locking devices allow the arm or strut assembly to be positioned and removably locked to an unobtrusive orientation associated with the computer. Fixing the arm or bridge adapter in the intermediate position can be used to support the computer on the support surface, allowing it to be tilted at an angle that is convenient for the user to view and/or operate. In use, the 'independent arm or u-strut assembly can be positioned at 180°' of the park position, but an accurate transfer angle of 18 〇 is not necessary. When in use, the computer can be positioned in-line with the arm or U-shaped swing arm, for example, using a friction or spline joint. However, by adjusting the extension of the body support member as further described below, as described in the following paragraphs, the numbering of the body support is as follows: 1048306805-0 10111712. As previously indicated, the point of stealing of the body cutting member or sling is preferably positioned along a transverse line across the width of the computer, when opened to its operational configuration, adjacent to the combined computer plus strut assembly. Heavy ^. The advantage of locating this hearing point associated with the center of gravity of the t-brain and (iv) sacral support assembly has been previously proposed. It is now proposed that these coupling points are related to the positioning of the pivot joint and the computer.

只要有支持構件與使转铸足夠的雜卡合,這些编 合點-般可位於聽於切於電腦切組件中之電腦的 侧邊的任何位置’優選地於電腦的橫向上下端之内側或 —的齡.驛分離臂或u形支柱組件的情況下優 選地被^位於每個臂的位置,其_於樞轉或滑動電腦 連接器而遠離橋形接合11構件。為了此目的,可以支柱 延伸件或末端較純供臂,以㉘特或末端部分延 伸過在與可延伸末端贼的此類輯處之㈣的電腦連As long as there are supporting members and sufficient mismatching for the casting, these mating points can generally be located at any position on the side of the computer that is cut into the computer cutting assembly, preferably inside the lateral upper and lower ends of the computer or The age of the 驿 separation arm or u-strut assembly is preferably located at the position of each arm, which is to pivot or slide the computer connector away from the bridge joint 11 member. For this purpose, the extension or the end of the struts may be provided with a purer arm, with a 28- or end portion extending over the computer of the (4) of such an episode of the extendable end thief.

㈣W身體支持構件為了使用而被部署時,具有在電 腦棱向上下端㈣或邊緣_合點改善了平衡。 磨的變t此類支柱延伸件或末端部分是以對齊延伸 ^式w延伸過介於臂與電腦之間的電腦連接 =遠=延伸件容許每個身體切構件的末端被連接至 =形接合器的電腦連接處側邊的臂。當電腦以其 =而使用時’將身體切構件於此類位置連接至 延伸件仍然容許頸帶的承載力量位於接近提供 ==切構餘合物料衡點之線。在這同時,當臂 __产單減 Γ/臂被旋轉至停放位置時1此位置被連接而自動 第13頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 地將身體切構_合點轉移至更接近電腦橫向邊緣的 位置。當電腦被懸掛於使用者_幹旁邊時,此提供了 —個更為穩定、下垂、懸掛的定向。(4) When the W body support member is deployed for use, it has an improved balance at the lower end (4) or edge-to-edge of the computer edge. Such a strut extension or end portion is a computer connection that extends between the arm and the computer in an aligned extension w = far = the extension allows the end of each body cutting member to be connected to the = shaped joint The side of the computer is connected to the arm. When the computer is used with its =, connecting the body cutting member to the extension at this location still allows the bearing capacity of the neckband to be located close to the line providing the == cut-off material balance point. At the same time, when the arm __ production order reduction / arm is rotated to the parking position 1 this position is connected and automatically 13th / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 to transfer the body to the close The position of the lateral edge of the computer. This provides a more stable, drooping, hanging orientation when the computer is suspended from the user's side.

在—變形巾’如同所述之支柱延伸件係與臂呈線性對齊 亦可以向上或向外的方向提供延伸件給該臂,以調整 介於身體支標構件與臂之間的賴合點位置。向上欽接的 擴展延伸件可與身體支㈣件/吊帶對齊,功能等同於此 類吊帶的-部分。鉸接或以其他可使用的向外擴展延伸 件可運作叫向散钱合點,改善料使用電腦。此類 型的任何延伸件亦可被視為臂的形成部分。 當如同下面進—步描述地電腦被支撐於桌面時,支柱延 伸件亦可在定向一電腦提供有利的支撐。The - deformation towel can be provided with an extension member to the arm in an upward or outward direction as the post extension member is linearly aligned with the arm to adjust the position between the body support member and the arm. . The upward extension of the extension extension can be aligned with the body support (four) piece/sling, which functions as the - part of the sling. Hinged or other expandable extensions that can be used can be operated to call the money and improve the use of the computer. Any extension of this type can also be considered as a forming portion of the arm. When the computer is supported on the table as described in the following paragraphs, the strut extensions can also provide advantageous support in orienting a computer.

可經由緊固件插人至電顧邊之孔而提供臂«形支柱組 :至電腦的卡合,藉此各別臂於兩側被附加至電腦。這 是優選的配置,將電腦預先以接收根據本發明之電腦支 撐件而特別地製造。替代地,此卡合可經由沿著實現連 接之各別侧邊抓住電腦的上與下表面之夾具而實現。在 此情況下,可顧本發明至尚未以如同所述之電腦支禮 物的使用而預先製造的標準電腦。 在後者的情mx騎銳魏作為料郷造的電腦 的強化,背板可延伸介於並且連接起各別的連接器。當 存在時’將此類背板按尺寸製作並成形以位於電腦的二 部表面之下。當制此背面時可承載各別側邊緣夹具而 :於與電腦卡合。優選地,在這些邊緣夾具與電腦之間 提供軟性接觸塾(例如橡膠)。可將臂於此背板的外端 ,以被連接至電腦的背板其他部分而連 m1171#單編號A_ 第14頁/共142 κ 1013306805-0 201248367 提供全面的電腦連接。 為了在關聯於電腦的多種角度定向提供固定臂或u形擺臂 ,介於臂與電腦之間的樞轉連接可以組合鍵以及滑槽接 頭組合或裝置來提供。 當這些物件被置於臂之間時,臂在u形支柱組件的情況下 優選地為一種工具並且被成形與按尺寸製作,而為向内 彈簧偏置用於閉合於背板或電腦。各別臂以及背板或電 腦的側邊之間的分離可被位於這些部分之間的滑槽連接 組件之間隔開。合宜地,此類接頭組件的存在可提供「 可抓取的溝槽」或臂與位於臂之間的電腦側邊之間大約 一公分的空隙。當電腦改變其定向時,此容許電腦回轉 過使用者的手指而將臂持開。此亦提供用於以其中一臂 來拾取電腦之可抓取的溝槽。臂靠在一起的彈性偏置優 選地應該為足夠強的,以維持在此類操作期間卡合該滑 槽連接。 當採用背板時,此背板可承載一對用於與在該臂的末端 所承載之互補鍵卡合之滑槽;或背面可承載與一對滑槽 卡合的鍵,該對滑槽係優選地固定於接近(但不及於) 提供耦合點之臂的末端。臂的向内偏置在橋形接合器存 在的情況下,當它們在旋轉對準時將自動地有助於將鍵 卡合至其各別的滑槽。可將臂彈性散佈分開,以從其滑 槽鬆開鍵並且容許電腦在u形支柱組件内的旋轉。沒有橋 形接合器,可將彈性彈簧裝置包含於各別的電腦連接, 以達到相同的效果。 當可經由使用滑槽耦合而提供多角度定向時,滑槽可優 選地為十字形的形狀,以提供臂的四個固定定向。在這 10111712产單編號 Α〇101 第15頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 些定向中的兩個,當臂與橋形接合器存在時,與電腦為 共平面的;以及在其他兩個的情況下’臂垂直於電腦。 背板或電腦可以存在於臂上之滑槽而承載十字形;或該 十字形可更優選地被承載於與滑槽卡合之臂上。在後面 的情況下’伴隨著背板的存在’鍵可經由背板支撐而支 撐並且置於鄰近於電腦側邊。 在一替代的版本中,其依賴電腦本身提供背板功能,背 板可被省略。這對電腦是被預先製造以與本發明之支撐 物耦合的情況下是適當的。在此情況下,電腦的側邊可 备作鍵,用於卡合承載於擺臂之臂上承載的滑槽。替代 地,在此整合的版本,電腦邊緣可以凹口來製造,該凹 口提供滑槽或以提供突出鍵。 在土 口版本的任-種情況下’在電腦侧邊上的單孔可被 用來支撑擺彳與電腦之間的旋轉連接。此孔可被設計以 接收螺紋緊固件或卡榫式緊固件(優選的)。 #不僅作為用於由使用者軀幹向外支撑電腦的支座( ndoff) ’亦可對折成用於為桌面上對電腦提供多重 支揮位置之支持件(pr〇p):淺角度橫式定向、陡靖角 度橫式定向以及直挺的、陡Λ肖角度直式定向。 支柱延伸件當從電腦的平面定向於90。時,容許桌面上的 電腦用於打子之淺度支樓。當相似地被定向時 ,越長的 ’長提供了用於觀看的電腦之直立支樓。旋轉至直向模 式’-條向外延伸臂亦可作為在直向模式下 用於直立顯 不的支律件。然而’當振臂停放於其收納位置時,當附 加的踏板附加於其中一臂時可獲得改善的直向展示。 卡合-下謂㈣加踏板當在其共平面、停放的位置時 10111712^單編號Α〇101 第16頁/共142頁 201248367 增加了用於支樓電腦於直向定向的穩定度。踏板具有用 於接收並卡合-臂的水平對齊狹縫,該臂優選地為平坦 、堅固的帶子形式。當附加的踏板以電腦平面之臂而被 用以支承《於直向觀料,,踏板財央卡合該臂而 用於電腦的平衡支樓。 特別是當將其於臂與橋形接合时合的其角落處而賴微 向外彎曲時,u形切組件上的橋形接合ϋ可被使用以提 供牆面懸掛的2點支樓。 關聯於上述的特徵,身體支撑構件亦可以是可調整的, 以各终使用者升高或降低吊帶兩端的直角位置。身體懸 掛支撐件可被提供於兩種版本,例如料頸帶以及以背 帶的形式。The arm «shaped strut set can be provided by inserting a fastener into the hole of the side of the car: the engagement to the computer, whereby the respective arms are attached to the computer on both sides. This is a preferred configuration in which the computer is specially manufactured in advance to receive the computer support according to the present invention. Alternatively, this snapping can be accomplished by grasping the clamps on the upper and lower surfaces of the computer along the respective sides that enable the connection. In this case, the present invention can be applied to a standard computer that has not been pre-manufactured as with the use of the computer gifts described. In the latter case, the backplane can be extended and connected to the respective connectors. When present, such backsheets are sized and shaped to be positioned beneath the two surfaces of the computer. When the back side is made, it can carry the respective side edge clamps: it is engaged with the computer. Preferably, a soft contact (e.g., rubber) is provided between the edge clamps and the computer. The arm can be attached to the other end of the backplane to provide a full computer connection to the other part of the back panel of the computer connected to the m1171# single number A_ page 14 / total 142 κ 1013306805-0 201248367. In order to provide a fixed arm or u-shaped swing arm at various angles associated with the computer, a pivotal connection between the arm and the computer can be provided by a combination of key and chute joint assemblies or devices. When the items are placed between the arms, the arms are preferably a tool in the case of a u-strut assembly and are shaped and sized to be biased inwardly for closure to the backing plate or computer. The separation between the individual arms and the sides of the backplane or computer can be separated by a chute connection assembly between the sections. Conveniently, the presence of such a connector assembly provides a "gravable groove" or a gap of approximately one centimeter between the arm and the side of the computer between the arms. When the computer changes its orientation, this allows the computer to rotate the user's finger and hold the arm open. This also provides a grippable groove for picking up the computer with one of the arms. The resilient biasing of the arms together should preferably be sufficiently strong to maintain engagement of the chute connection during such operations. When the backboard is used, the backboard can carry a pair of chutes for engaging with complementary keys carried at the ends of the arms; or the back can carry keys that engage with a pair of chutes, the pair of chutes Preferably, it is fixed near (but not to be) the end of the arm providing the coupling point. The inward biasing of the arms, in the presence of the bridge adapter, will automatically assist in engaging the keys to their respective chutes when they are rotationally aligned. The arms can be elastically spread apart to release the keys from their slots and allow rotation of the computer within the u-strut assembly. Without a bridge adapter, elastic spring devices can be included in separate computer connections to achieve the same result. When multi-angle orientation can be provided via the use of chute coupling, the chute can preferably be in the shape of a cross to provide four fixed orientations of the arms. In this 10111712, the order number Α〇 101 page 15 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 two of these orientations, when the arm and bridge adapter are present, are coplanar with the computer; and in the other two In case the 'arm is perpendicular to the computer. The backing plate or computer may be present on the arm's chute to carry a cross; or the cross may be more preferably carried on the arm that engages the chute. In the latter case 'with the presence of the backing plate' the key can be supported via the backing plate support and placed adjacent to the side of the computer. In an alternative version, it relies on the computer itself to provide backplane functionality, and the backplane can be omitted. This is appropriate where the computer is pre-fabricated for coupling with the support of the present invention. In this case, the side of the computer can be used as a key for engaging the chute carried on the arm of the swing arm. Alternatively, in this integrated version, the edge of the computer can be made in a notch that provides a chute or to provide a protruding key. In the case of any version of the soil version, a single hole on the side of the computer can be used to support the rotational connection between the pendulum and the computer. This hole can be designed to receive a threaded fastener or a snap fastener (preferred). # Not only as a support for the computer to support the computer's torso (ndoff)' can also be folded into a support (pr〇p) for providing multiple pivotal positions on the desktop for the computer: shallow angle horizontal orientation The steep angle is horizontally oriented and straight, and the steep angle is straight. The post extensions are oriented at 90 from the plane of the computer. When the computer on the desktop is allowed to be used for the shallow branch of the hitch. When similarly oriented, the longer the length provides the upright branch of the computer for viewing. Rotating to the straight mode '--outward extension arm can also be used as a rule for vertical display in straight mode. However, when the vibrating arm is parked in its stowed position, an improved straight display can be obtained when the additional pedal is attached to one of the arms. Snap-down (4) plus pedal when in its coplanar, parked position 10111712^single number Α〇101 Page 16 of 142 201248367 Added stability for the direct orientation of the branch computer. The pedal has a horizontal alignment slit for receiving and engaging the arm, which is preferably in the form of a flat, strong strap. When the additional pedal is used to support the "direct view" with the arm of the computer plane, the pedal finances the arm and is used in the balance branch of the computer. In particular, when it is bent outwardly at its corners when the arms are joined to the bridge, the bridge joints on the u-shaped cutting assembly can be used to provide a wall-suspended 2-point branch. In connection with the features described above, the body support member can also be adjustable to raise or lower the right angle position of the ends of the harness for each end user. The body suspension support can be provided in two versions, such as a neckband and in the form of a harness.

根據一個變形’頸帶可由兩片線性材料構成… 降落傘品質的繩子或類似物(此後皆稱為「吊帶」), ^當越過㈣者難時穿過彼此而各職於使用者躲幹 J側終止。在此版本中,每—個吊帶的—端被連接以支 電腦於輕„點。此複合巾帶的各別長度部分可依尺寸 製作’以通過使用者頸後而以其另外端終止於位於接近 使用者胸部的特別端接頭。 這些接頭Μ地為壓紐動之衫,其經由壓縮驅動按 例如;ε龍 内, 1〇111了12_早編號 Αοιοι 實現VI於一條複合吊帶的各別端以及其他吊帶的相 ]°卩刀之間的滑動/鎖定卡合'調整末端接頭的定位 調吊帶部分之兩電腦切端的垂直位置,所提供 的吊帶錯被容許滑動如同它們穿過使用者頸後時。 為了使用者的便利性,多重吊帶部分可被包含於保護套 至沙疋沿著通過使用者頸後的這類各別部分之其長 第17頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 度的區段。此類套子的使用隔離了吊帶部分的任何滑動 動作對衣服或穿戴者的身體之磨擦。 當通過使用者頸部時,頸帶部分係包含於套子内。優選 地該套子為開岔的,以在頸帶部分可獨立地滑動内提供 兩不同的通道。通道的_表面可以是低度抗滑材料。 為了進一步穩定電腦續件,特別地當使用者格外活躍 (例如在快速地行走或突_身)時,可採用快速附著 腰帶。此Μ地料可替㈣的腰帶被放置於使 用者背部於其腰部的高度周圍,以其兩端(例如以掛鉤 或 ' 他方式)可拆卸地固定至該臂連接該橋形接合器 之U开/支柱組件的外角n定了橋形接合 器於使用者軀 ㈣㈣了所需的增加穩定性。 如同到目前為止所 吓兩述的,經由通過使用者頸部的吊帶 而提供電腦的支幹 牙物。可提供舒緩使用者頸部扭傷的輔 助性肩部吊帶作 .芍支撐物的替代形式。此替代性支撐物 在替代的自要長時間攜帶電腦時可能是有益處的。 在替代的肩部吊帶 〇 里<配置中提供同等的兩條吊帶’每條 吊帶被依尺寸製 ^ _ A1 乂於—側通過使用者肩膀、跨越背部 進而向下然後向前 接。在此情兄中坶過使用者腋窩下,而用於電腦的連 ..上 ’四個爷帶端可用於電腦的連接。替代 吊帶可以單-長度產生,其中在使用者的 ㈣’連續^環從肩膀上向下並於使用者腋窩下返回 末端附近再掛於當存在時臂及/或支柱延伸件的 這二個連接Μ相每1,以提供電腦的支推。此容許 Α0101 1013306805-0 詞'應的最小化扭矩的好處而至少接近 第18頁/共142頁 201248367 通過電腦的重心之橫向線段。替代地,可對臂支柱延伸 件於以頸帶所使用的耦合點施以連接。 合宜的,當安裝或採用肩部吊帶時,頸帶支撐件可留在 原位。此容許在操作肩部吊帶到位時電腦的安全拴繫。 電腦支撐系統可便利地與電腦收納袋與支撐組件進行整 合。袋子具有沿著袋蓋片折疊以實現密閉之上折疊邊緣 的轉角切口。此容許使用頸帶以延伸至其連接的袋子並 且繼續支撐放置於收納袋的電腦。 當電腦以部署的身體支持構件而使用時,袋子可經由短 伸縮性繫繩而繼續拴繫至臂,該短伸縮性繫繩能夠於臂 的可延伸端懸掛於臂上或在介於相鄰於可延伸端之位置 或相鄰於電腦連接的樞轉點之間滑動。 背板可支撐能夠承載較小尺寸的電腦(例如iPhone、微 型電腦或類似裝置)之轉盤。此類較小型的電腦可經由 從背板向外延伸以及捲曲於較小型電腦的邊緣周圍的抓 取指狀物而被固定於背板,以在原位持住它。替代地, 為了永久性的配置,此類電腦可被膠黏地附著於背板。 電腦可被固定於轉盤而非直接將電腦貼附於背板,而該 轉盤依次被旋轉地連接至背板。經由提供這類轉盤,特 別地以用於在優選的定向定位該轉盤之適合的掣子或制 部,可將電腦以橫式或直式定向支撐於背板上。 轉盤雖然優選地集中地位於關聯於背面的側邊,但不必 是在關聯於其上與下邊緣的背板的中央上。當然,此轉 盤可位於由背板延伸的中點之中央,其由背板的上邊緣 向外移開。此於背板的中央延伸可協助調整所組合的微 型電腦與支撐組件的平衡點。為了更佳的使用便利性, 1Qlim2产單編號A0101 第19頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 此延伸亦可向上及向外地遠離使用者而移動小型平板電 腦或iPhone遠離使用者。此類型的支撐件對於斜倚的人 而言可能是特別方便的。 本發明之電腦支撐物的進一步以背板為基礎的版本為特 別適於以較小型的微型電腦、iPhone類型裝置、書本閱 讀器以及使用者希望在斜倚狀態下使用該支撐物的情況 下使用。要被支撐的電子裝置係由背板以如同前述的方 式承載,雖然連接至背板不需是(雖然容許地可能是) 枢轉連接。According to a variant, the neckband can be made up of two linear materials... Parachute-quality ropes or the like (hereafter referred to as "slings"), ^When crossing (four), it is difficult to pass through each other and the user is hiding from the J side. termination. In this version, the end of each sling is connected to the computer for light points. The individual lengths of the composite strip can be sized to end through the neck of the user and terminate at the other end. Special end fittings close to the user's chest. These fittings are pressed into the shirt, which is driven by a compression drive, for example, ε龙内, 1〇111, 12_ early, Αοιοι, to achieve VI at each end of a composite sling. And the sliding/locking engagement between the other slings]° 卩 ' 'Adjust the vertical position of the two computer cut ends of the positioning sling portion of the end joint, the slings provided are allowed to slide as they pass through the neck of the user For the convenience of the user, the multiple sling portion can be included in the protective cover to the sand stalk along the length of the various parts of the user's neck, the length of the page 17 / total 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 degrees Section. The use of such a sleeve isolates any sliding action of the sling portion from rubbing against the body of the garment or wearer. When passing through the neck of the user, the neckband portion is contained within the sleeve. Preferably, The sleeve is open to provide two different channels within the neckband portion that can be independently slid. The surface of the channel can be a low level of anti-slip material. To further stabilize the computer continuation, especially when the user is extraordinarily active (eg When walking fast or suddenly, you can use a quick-attach belt. This belt can be placed around the height of the user's back around the waist, with its ends (for example, hook or 'he Means) Removably secured to the outer corner n of the U-open/strut assembly of the arm that connects the bridge adapter to the desired increased stability of the bridge adapter to the user's body (four) (four). As described, the computer provides a dry tooth through the sling of the user's neck. An auxiliary shoulder strap that relieves the user's neck sprain can be provided as an alternative to the squat support. This alternative support is substituted. It may be beneficial to carry the computer for a long time. In the alternative shoulder straps, the same two straps are provided in the configuration. 'Each strap is made according to the size ^ _ A1 乂 on the side The user's shoulders, across the back and then down and then forward. In this brother's brother, smashed under the user's armpit, and used for the computer's connection. On the 'four main belt ends can be used for computer connection. Alternative sling can Single-length generation in which the user's (four) 'continuous^ ring is lowered from the shoulder and near the end of the user's armpit and reattached to the two ports of the arm and/or strut extension when present. 1, to provide computer support. This allows Α0101 1013306805-0 word 'should minimize the benefits of torque and at least close to page 18 / 142 pages of 201248367 through the horizontal line of the center of gravity of the computer. Alternatively, the arm can be supported The extension member is attached at a coupling point used by the neckband. Conveniently, the neckband support can be left in place when the shoulder strap is installed or employed. This allows for a safe connection of the computer when the shoulder strap is in place. The computer support system is conveniently integrated with the computer storage bag and the support assembly. The bag has a corner cut that is folded along the flap to achieve a closed upper folded edge. This allows the use of a neckband to extend to the bag to which it is attached and to continue to support the computer placed in the storage bag. When the computer is used with the deployed body support member, the bag can continue to be tethered to the arm via a short stretch tether that can be hung from the arm at the extendable end of the arm or adjacent Slide between the position of the extendable end or the pivot point adjacent to the computer connection. The backplane supports a turntable that can carry a smaller computer (such as an iPhone, a microcomputer, or the like). Such a smaller computer can be secured to the backing plate by gripping fingers that extend outwardly from the back panel and curl around the edges of the smaller computer to hold it in place. Alternatively, such a computer can be adhesively attached to the backing plate for permanent configuration. The computer can be attached to the carousel instead of directly attaching the computer to the backplane, which in turn is rotatably coupled to the backplane. By providing such a turntable, in particular for a suitable tweezers or parts for positioning the turntable in a preferred orientation, the computer can be supported on the backing plate in a horizontal or straight orientation. The turntable, although preferably centrally located on the side associated with the back side, need not be centered on the backing plate associated with its upper and lower edges. Of course, the turntable can be located in the center of the midpoint extending from the backing plate, which is moved outwardly from the upper edge of the backing plate. This central extension of the backplane helps to adjust the balance between the combined microcomputer and the support assembly. For better ease of use, 1Qlim2 production order number A0101 Page 19 of 142 1013306805-0 201248367 This extension can also move the small tablet or iPhone away from the user upwards and outwards away from the user. This type of support may be particularly convenient for reclining persons. A further backplane-based version of the computer support of the present invention is particularly suitable for use with smaller microcomputers, iPhone type devices, book readers, and users wishing to use the support in a reclined state. use. The electronic device to be supported is carried by the backplane in the manner previously described, although it is not necessary to connect (to the extent possible) the pivotal connection to the backplane.

此變形提供經由跨越兩條自由臂之間以共同作為身體支 持構件之背板所連接的兩條隨選地自由臂。背板經由位 於背板側邊上的邊緣安裝管(edge-mounted tubes) 或類似物來承載這些自由臂,其作為軌道或導件並且容 許臂為了收納而沿著這類側邊滑動。This deformation provides two optional free arms connected via a backing plate that spans between the two free arms to collectively serve as a body support member. The backing plates carry these free arms via edge-mounted tubes or the like on the sides of the backing plate as rails or guides and allow the arms to slide along such sides for storage.

微型電腦的此支撐物可具有平行的臂。替代地,臂可由 橫向的電腦背板的外部侧邊朝向使用者身體以發散角延 伸。為了使用者舒適度以及為了摩擦卡合於使用者身體 ,這些臂優選地終止於以球形磨擦襯墊安裝的其可延伸 端。 以頸帶或背帶的形式之身體支撐構件與背板的外側邊緣 於沿著此類邊緣之耦合點密合。在較小型與較輕型的電 子裝置的例子中,此耦合點關聯於此類裝置與身體支持 構件之重心的位置較為不重要,特別地當側邊長度不大 時。此外,此連接不需是(雖然容許地可能是)樞轉連 接。 具伸縮性的彈性鏈接可被安裝以於身體接觸臂之身體接 10111712产單編號 A0101 第20頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 觸可延伸端部分 。此類鏈接可為 之各別對齊。 之間延伸,而用於改善的磨擦身體卡合 可移除的並且不需作為限制身體接觸臂 本發明的進—步牲 、可以其在橫向尺寸為不符要求地狹 窄的電腦或背板來 „ 貫現。此可能造成手動取用被支撐之 器具的一些不備,#This support of the microcomputer can have parallel arms. Alternatively, the arms may extend from the outer side of the lateral computer back panel toward the user's body at a divergent angle. For user comfort and for frictional engagement with the user's body, the arms preferably terminate in their extendable ends mounted with a spherical friction pad. The body support member in the form of a neck strap or strap is in close contact with the outer edge of the back panel at a point of coupling along such edge. In the case of smaller and lighter electronic devices, this coupling point is less important in relation to the position of the center of gravity of such devices and body support members, particularly when the side length is not large. Moreover, this connection need not be (although it may be possible) a pivotal connection. The flexible elastic link can be installed to connect the body of the body contact arm. 10111712 Order No. A0101 Page 20 of 142 1013306805-0 201248367 Touch extendable end section. Such links can be individually aligned. Extending between, and for improved friction, the body fit is removable and does not need to be a limiting body contact arm. The invention can be carried out in a laterally sized computer or back plate that is undesirably narrow in size. This may cause some manual access to the supported instruments, #

At ~ 並且當穿戴者以垂直轴突然轉身時可 -1撐物的㈣較性。當存在由電腦或背板的侧At ~ and (4) the sex of the holder when the wearer suddenly turns around with the vertical axis. When present by the side of the computer or backplane

°卜^ 兩個情況可經由替代在身體支撐構件與電 腦或背板之間的耦合點而改善。 。、有吊帶耦合點(例如於其外端的切口)的線性 ,張器構件時,此設置可經由於電腦後面、相鄰於或為 背板部分而提供。由擴張器所提供的吊帶麵合點的 功用是要實現身體支撐構件由電腦或背板之側邊側向向 外的路線’以提供改善的通道以及旋轉穩定性。 既然此擴張器構件的線性比例為預期地較長於背板或電 腦的寬度,當需要使用以收納袋結合的此類擴張器時, 擴張器在其長度上可為可拆卸的,例如經由折疊、伸縮 滑動-拆解件至兩部分,以減少其尺寸至其將符合收納 袋的程度。 可經由採用向外可延伸的末端部分至承載該耦合點之臂 而提供相似的功能❶這些末端部分可被鉸接至臂,使得 可將其末端向外配置並且暫時固定,以致於由電腦或背 板以類似擴張器的方式侧向延伸。 1013306805-0 根據本發明進—步的配置,其利用平板電腦的重力感測 能力的優點,制頸帶作為身體切構件並且將電腦以 位於其停放位置之u形支柱組件的橋形接合器穿戴。使用 10111712产單編號A〇101 第21頁/共142頁 201248367 者將頸帶置於-肩上,套環通過其頭部、另—肩與手臂 :將電腦置於-手臂下,其可輕易地轉移至使用者臀 者側或至其驅幹的前面部分’類似配戴女士的錢包。 =此模式中,因為U形支㈣件被維持在其停放位置,此 =成電腦自發性地以下垂方定向來懸掛。在此位置電 =以直以向攜帶作為廣告告示牌的—顯示器。為了 赃連使用,在沒有部署橋形接合器至其延伸位置下,電 腦可被放置抵於使用者的义 地朝著電腦已被_之二。二==部上部* =式輕合至電腦,並且電腦維持其橋形接合器於停放 轉===定位於魏者身體,將電腦經由旋 =而由下垂疋向轉移至水平方向, 不盗18°度重較向,而用於正常觀看及使用。 因為橋形接合器承載-磨擦接觸表面’當被使用者的一 =手部分持住時,其何能被特別地移開。身 件以及其可調整性特徵料錢被料 = 延伸2個頸帶部分其中之一至長於另-者的較長長二由 轉電腦至直向模式亦是可能的。者的較長長度,旋 電腦被使用於此模式(以橫㈣ 此類型的電腦所支持,其中電❺能力係由 自動地旋轉,以使得影像對使用者呈直立的、'器而 在另一變形中,電腦支撐物為「 贫子」類型的例 由剛性或半剛性的背板所組成,复 其 以在平板㈣(PC)四_成心承_料持裝置, 套子的頂部開,提供使。c可經 及一片狀物折疊覆於頂部開口以,以 1011Π12产單編號Aom 第22頁/共142頁*之。為了使用pC或 l〇l33ftftfin 201248367 為了由套中移出pc,將封閉片狀物沿鉸接線而連接至背 板’以谷3午片狀物被折豐覆於P C的螢幕,而用於保護性 收納,或展開以暴露出PC。 可將身體支柱間隔沿其底部邊緣而可拆卸地附加於套子 ,用於與使用者腹部卡合,且從而當穿戴時將PC與使用 者腹部間隔開。頸帶被提供於可拆却地於兩隔開的耗合 點連接於背板。可部署的支柱結構於桌面支撐套子,使 得便於觀看而抬起被圍住的電腦而便於觀看。 以引用方式之併入 此揭露内容已被申請為來自較早專利申請按所主張優先 權的一部份申請案。關於下列較早的加拿大申請案而主 張優先權:2011年4月11日申請的CA 2, 736, 642,2011 年5月17日申請的CA 2, 740, 909,以及2011年11月21日 申請的CA 2, 759, 096。 申請人將藉此以引用的此方式併入本文,若無包含於本 文但完全包含於主張優先權之較早的申請書中之任何者 ’其參照卩〇:1'之第11(1)(1出((1)或(6)條中的所有要見 以及說明的所有部分、參照在PCt下之規定的第2〇. 5(a) 條之申請專利範圍或圖式。 前述的總結了本發明的主要特徵以及一些其隨選的方面 。本發明可經由優選的具體實施例的說明結合現在接著 的圖式而被進一步了解。 無論此說明書内提及數值範圍,除非另外指出或不相容 於此類其他的變形,在本文的次要範圍係意圖被包括於 本發明的範圍内。在特徵被歸因於本發明的一或另一變 形時,除非另外指明,在此類特徵為合宜的或可相容於 1013306805-0 10111712产單編號A〇m 第23頁/共142頁 201248367 這些其他變形之下,此類特徵係意圖應用至本發明的所 有其他變形。 【實施方式】 [0004] 優選具體實施例之描述The two cases can be improved by replacing the coupling point between the body supporting member and the computer or the backboard. . With the linearity of the strap coupling point (e.g., the slit at its outer end), this setting can be provided via the back of the computer, adjacent to or for the back panel portion. The function of the sling face joint provided by the dilator is to achieve a laterally outward path of the body support member from the side of the computer or back panel to provide improved passage and rotational stability. Since the linear ratio of the dilator member is desirably longer than the width of the backplate or computer, the dilator may be detachable over its length when such a dilator is used to receive the bag combination, such as via folding, Telescopic slide-disassemble the piece to two parts to reduce its size to the extent that it will conform to the storage bag. A similar function can be provided by employing an outwardly extendable end portion to the arm carrying the coupling point, these end portions can be hinged to the arm such that their ends can be configured outwardly and temporarily fixed so that they are either by computer or back The plates extend laterally in a manner similar to a dilator. 1013306805-0 In accordance with a further configuration of the present invention, which utilizes the advantages of the tablet's gravity sensing capability, the neckband is used as a body cutting member and the computer is worn with a bridge adapter of a u-strut assembly located in its parked position. . Use 10111712 order number A〇101 Page 21 of 142 page 201248367 Put the neckband on the shoulder, the collar through its head, the other shoulder and the arm: put the computer under the arm, it can be easily The ground is transferred to the user's buttock side or to the front part of the driver's stem, which is similar to wearing a lady's wallet. = In this mode, because the U-shaped (four) pieces are maintained in their parked position, this = is suspended spontaneously by the computer in the following vertical direction. In this position, the electricity is displayed in a straight-forward direction as a display. For continuous use, the computer can be placed in the right place of the user towards the computer without the bridge adapter being deployed to its extended position. 2 == upper part of the unit = = lightly connected to the computer, and the computer maintains its bridge-shaped adapter in the parked position === positioned in the body of the Wei, the computer is transferred from the sagging to the horizontal direction, not stolen The 18° degree is relatively heavy and is used for normal viewing and use. Because the bridge adapter carries-friction contact surface' when it is held by a user's hand portion, how can it be specifically removed. The body and its adjustability characteristics are expected to be covered. It is also possible to extend one of the two neckband sections to a longer one than the other. For longer lengths, the computer is used in this mode (supported by a horizontal (four) computer of this type, in which the power capability is automatically rotated so that the image is upright to the user, and the other is In the deformation, the computer support is a type of "poor" type consisting of a rigid or semi-rigid back plate, which is provided on the top of the cover (four) (PC). The c can be folded over the top opening with a piece of material, and the number is A11, page 22 of 142 pages*. In order to use pC or l〇l33ftftfin 201248367, in order to remove the pc from the set, it will be closed. The sheet is connected to the back panel along the hinge line. The valley 3 is folded over the screen of the PC for protective storage or unfolding to expose the PC. The body pillars can be spaced along the bottom The rim is detachably attached to the sleeve for engaging with the user's abdomen and thereby spacing the PC from the user's abdomen when worn. The neckband is provided for detachable connection at two separate points On the backplane. Deployable pillar structure on the desktop support sleeve This makes it easy to watch and lift the enclosed computer for viewing. The disclosure of the disclosure has been filed for a part of the application from the earlier patent application. Priorities for the Canadian application: CA 2, 736, 642, on April 11, 2011, CA 2, 740, 909, applied on May 17, 2011, and CA 2, filed on November 21, 2011 , 759, 096. The Applicant hereby incorporates herein in its entirety, if it is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety in its entirety in Article 11(1) (1) All parts of the article (1) or (6) that are to be seen and explained, refer to the scope of application or the figure of Article 2(5) of the provisions under PCt The foregoing summary of the main features of the invention, as well as some aspects of the invention, may be further understood by the description of the preferred embodiments. Unless otherwise indicated or incompatible with such other variations, The secondary scope of the present invention is intended to be included within the scope of the present invention. When a feature is attributed to one or the other variation of the present invention, such features are convenient or compatible with 1013306805 unless otherwise indicated. 0 10111712Bill No. A〇m Page 23 of 142 201248367 Under these other variations, such features are intended to be applied to all other variations of the invention. [Embodiment] [0004] DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS

第1圖說明了典型的平板式電腦1連同本發明(P-C載具組 件2)的爆炸視圖。於第1圖顯示之特定P-C具有Apple iPad™的形狀與尺寸,然而來自其他製造商之類似的平板 式電腦同樣地適合用於本發明。典型的平板式電腦1具有 長方形、板狀以及短邊6與長邊7,從而使資料能夠以長 的「直向模式」或寬的「橫向模式」於其觸控螢幕9 (在 此傾斜的底部視圖中看不見)上顯示。虛擬鍵盤10可沿 著觸控螢幕9的四邊中任一者顯示(亦看不見)。Fig. 1 illustrates an exploded view of a typical tablet computer 1 together with the present invention (P-C carrier assembly 2). The particular P-C shown in Figure 1 has the shape and size of the Apple iPadTM, however similar tablet computers from other manufacturers are equally suitable for use in the present invention. A typical tablet computer 1 has a rectangular shape, a plate shape, and a short side 6 and a long side 7, so that the data can be in a long "straight mode" or a wide "horizontal mode" on its touch screen 9 (tilted here) Displayed on the bottom view is not visible). The virtual keyboard 10 can be displayed (also invisible) along any of the four sides of the touch screen 9.

複數資料埠8 (例如資料轉輸接頭、儲存媒介插槽、喇"八 、麥克風、相機、頭戴式耳機插孔、音量控制、顯示模 式開關等等)係沿著P-C 1的四邊配置,並且這些資料埠 必須不被載具組件2的任何部分阻擋。與生倶來的旋轉軸 11存在著,其通過P-C的重心並且與其較長的「橫向模式 」邊緣7呈平行。當描述P-C載具2的各種配置時,此旋轉 軸11在下文作為參考。 載具2係由擺臂組件4以及頸帶組件5組成;每個旋轉地安 裝於底板3。底板3藉由雙面黏接膜12牢固地固定於平板 式電腦1的底面。可使用各種工業的黏接產品(例如「3M VHB™」膠帶),以提供P-C 1與其載具2之間的適當結合 。「3M Ve 1 cro™」是另一種輕量的、不醒目的黏接膜12 ,其使載具2能夠操作性地固定於P-C 1而不阻擋其任何 的資料埠9。 10111712产單編號A_ 第24頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 載具2係由擺臂組件4 (亦稱為「身體支持構件」)以及 頸帶組件5 (亦稱為「身體支撐構件」)所組成;其每-者旋轉地安裝至底板3。底板3(亦稱為「背板」(bd Plate)或「背板」(backing plate))係由雙面黏 接膜12牢固地固定於平板式電腦i的底面。可使用各種工 業的黏接產品(例如「3M VHB™」膠帶),以提供p_c丄 與其載具2之間的適當結合。「3MVelcr〇T1|」是另一種 輕董的、不醒目的黏接膜12,其使載具2能夠操作性地固 定於P-C 1而不阻擋其任何的資料埠9。 絲3為-硬質、薄的長方形板,其具有大體上涵蓋相鄰 於長邊7之平板式電腦1底面的一半部分的長度與寬度。 底板3係典型地由高強度塑膠形成,但亦可使用金屬。顯 示於第1圖之特定的P_c具有平坦的底部,其表明了底板3 為了用於雙面黏接膜12有效地搭配而亦為平坦狀的。其 他平板式電腦可具有稍微彎曲的底面,其中外殼底板3係 以模造而與其用於黏接的形狀相符,其有效地整合所述 & 底板至所述平板式電腦的較低外殼表面。 鉸接部13從露出的底板3之較低表面突出並且於沿著所述 底板的前緣(最接近使用者)大約中間處形成。鉸接孔 14係平行於軸11並且接受鉸接栓26,以將擺臂組件4經由 底板3而可旋轉地嚙合至載具2。鉸接部13的嚙合面15可 與複數用於增加旋轉摩擦之放射狀的掣子肋部結構。 擺臂組件4係由擺臂20組成,該臂具有在用於旋轉的、摩 擦嗤合至底板3的鉸接部13的一端所形成的鉸接部24。擺 臂20的末端安裝了腹部接觸桿21,當如顯示般地展開時 ,腹部接觸桿21支撐著p_c 1而遠離使用者。將腹部接觸 1013306805-0 10111712产單編號第25頁/共142頁 201248367 桿21彎曲而用於人體工學接觸於典型的使用者腹部曲線 ,並且可包括摩擦肋部22,以幫助避免垂直滑動。替代 地,接觸桿21的表面可以緻密的發泡體覆蓋,其既舒適 握抓(見第6圖)亦充分地附著於使用者衣物,從而防止 當穿戴時載具方向的未留意的移動(見第8圖)。可於柱 體20上提供鄰近於接觸桿21之開口 23,以提供有助於安 全握取P-C手指孔(finger-hole)(見第6圖)。開口 23亦使P-C能夠懸掛於牆上(見第3圖)。Multiple data 埠8 (such as data transfer connector, storage media slot, karaoke, octave, microphone, camera, headset jack, volume control, display mode switch, etc.) are arranged along the four sides of PC 1. And these data must not be blocked by any part of the carrier assembly 2. The axis of rotation 11 is present, which passes through the center of gravity of the P-C and is parallel to its longer "transverse mode" edge 7. When describing various configurations of the P-C carrier 2, this rotary shaft 11 is hereinafter referred to as a reference. The carrier 2 is composed of a swing arm assembly 4 and a neck belt assembly 5; each of which is rotatably mounted to the bottom plate 3. The bottom plate 3 is firmly fixed to the bottom surface of the tablet computer 1 by the double-sided adhesive film 12. Various industrial bonding products (such as "3M VHBTM" tape) can be used to provide the proper combination of P-C 1 and its carrier 2. "3M Ve 1 croTM" is another lightweight, unobtrusive adhesive film 12 that enables the carrier 2 to be operatively secured to the P-C 1 without blocking any of its data. 10111712Bill No. A_ Page 24 of 142 1013306805-0 201248367 Vehicle 2 consists of swing arm assembly 4 (also known as "body support member") and neck strap assembly 5 (also known as "body support member") It is composed; it is rotatably mounted to the bottom plate 3 each. The bottom plate 3 (also referred to as "bd plate" or "backing plate" is firmly fixed to the bottom surface of the tablet computer i by the double-sided adhesive film 12. Various industrial bonding products (such as "3M VHBTM" tape) can be used to provide the proper combination of p_c丄 and its carrier 2. "3MVelcr〇T1|" is another lightweight, unobtrusive adhesive film 12 that enables the carrier 2 to be operatively secured to the P-C 1 without blocking any of its data. The wire 3 is a rigid, thin rectangular plate having a length and a width substantially covering a half of the bottom surface of the tablet computer 1 adjacent to the long side 7. The bottom plate 3 is typically formed of high strength plastic, but metal can also be used. The specific P_c shown in Fig. 1 has a flat bottom, which indicates that the bottom plate 3 is also flat for the effective matching of the double-sided adhesive film 12. Other tablet computers may have a slightly curved bottom surface in which the outer casing base 3 is molded to conform to its shape for bonding, which effectively integrates the & bottom plate to the lower outer casing surface of the tablet computer. The hinge portion 13 projects from the lower surface of the exposed bottom plate 3 and is formed approximately midway along the leading edge (closest to the user) of the bottom plate. The hinge hole 14 is parallel to the shaft 11 and receives the hinge pin 26 to rotatably engage the swing arm assembly 4 to the carrier 2 via the bottom plate 3. The engaging surface 15 of the hinge portion 13 can be combined with a plurality of radial rib structures for increasing the rotational friction. The swing arm assembly 4 is composed of a swing arm 20 having a hinge portion 24 formed at one end of a hinge portion 13 for rotation that is frictionally coupled to the bottom plate 3. The abdomen contact rod 21 is attached to the distal end of the swing arm 20, and when deployed as shown, the abdominal contact rod 21 supports the p_c 1 away from the user. Abdominal Contact 1013306805-0 10111712 Manuscript No. Page 25 of 142 201248367 The rod 21 is curved for ergonomic contact with a typical user abdominal curve and may include friction ribs 22 to help avoid vertical sliding. Alternatively, the surface of the contact rod 21 may be covered by a dense foam which is comfortably gripped (see Fig. 6) and also sufficiently adhered to the user's clothing, thereby preventing unintentional movement of the vehicle direction when worn ( See Figure 8). An opening 23 adjacent the contact rod 21 can be provided on the cylinder 20 to provide a safe grip for the P-C finger-hole (see Figure 6). The opening 23 also allows the P-C to hang from the wall (see Figure 3).

鉸接部24包括鉸接栓孔25,其為方便起見可被形成以適 應標準螺栓26,標準螺栓26藉此作為底板3之孔14中的鉸 接栓以及提供用於卡合至摩擦調整旋紐3〇的螺旋端部分 。可使用裝飾帽27以隱藏鉸接栓螺栓26的螺栓頭。替代 地,一叮製的鉸接栓26於樑2〇的注入模塑期間可被直接 地於上模造至鉸接部24(未以圖式說明)。The hinge portion 24 includes a hinge pin hole 25 that can be formed for convenience to accommodate a standard bolt 26 that serves as a hinge pin in the hole 14 of the bottom plate 3 and that is provided for snapping to the friction adjustment knob 3 The spiral end portion of the crucible. A decorative cap 27 can be used to hide the bolt head of the hinge bolt 26. Alternatively, a hinged toggle 26 can be directly molded onto the hinge 24 (not illustrated) during injection molding of the beam 2〇.

當載具2如同在接下來的圖式中說明而組裝時,底板3的 摩擦面15與鉸接部24上之其相對應的摩擦面⑽配對(在 此圖中不可見),從而容許擺臂4以鉸接栓26為中心旋轉 。使用者鎖緊或鬆開摩擦調整旋⑽,以肢接部13擠 壓鉸接424,從而於任何角度位置鎖定擺臂4。四個擺臂 角度位置實現各種模式如下: 擺臂位置1: 貝的元全折疊而用於桌面上扁平收納(見第2圖) 於懸掛於牆上(見第3圖)。 擺臂位置2 : 以務微展開的角度鎖宏,#1甘也 貞疋使得其實現下列三個用途 1013306805-0 1)於桌面上以橫向模式在其上打 1〇1而#單編號A麵 第26頁/共142胃 201248367 舒適的傾斜來支撐p-c、 * 2) 以陡峭傾斜來支撐Ρ-C支撐而用於桌面上以橫向模式 觀看(見第5圖)、 3) 以直式定向抓握Ρ-C (見第6圖)。 擺臂位置3: 鎖定於一個稍微更展開的角度,使得其使腹部接觸桿21 的端點能夠在桌面上以直向模式穩定地支撐Ρ-C (見第7 圖)。 擺臂位置4: ^ 以完全展開的角度鎖定,使得腹部接觸桿21朝向使用者 而呈現而用於免持行動操作(見第8圖)。 在擺臂組件4最簡單的具體實施例中,(隨選的)橡膠墊 圈28 (rubber washer)以及(隨選的)止推軸承29 ( thrust bearing)被省略,從而容許摩擦表面39直接 對摩擦表面15配對。當擺臂部24以及底板部13被螺紋旋 鈕30擠壓在一起時,此鉸接配置實現了剛性角鎖定(特 別地若於兩配對表面提供放射狀掣子)。這個簡單的鎖 ❹ 定機制的缺點為使用者每次希望改變擺臂的位置至如上 所述的四個用途模式位置的另一者時,需要鬆開再旋緊 旋紐30。 三個鉸接強化可被提供以改善擺臂鎖定機制的效率: 1)可將橡膠墊圈28插入至配對表面15以及配對表面39 之間,從而在兩個鉸接半面之間提供較順暢且更可調整 的摩擦力。此使得使用者可更容易地在如上所述的全部 四個角度位置對表現好的一者設定阻力。此有所改善摩 擦行為的缺點為;當擺臂被來回擺動時,旋鈕30將頃向 1Qimi2产單編號A0101 第27頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 於鬆動從而讓使用者’所需要的摩擦設定失效。 2) 為了防止此類鉸接摩擦力不經意的改變,可將低摩擦 的止推軸承29插至鉸接部13以及調整旋鈕30之間,從而 將所述螺紋旋鈕從其他可能由擺臂20的重複旋轉而產生 之任何鬆動或旋緊的扭矩中脫離。 3) 為了進一步促進控制鉸接摩擦,旋鈕30可包括從—側 (未以圖式說明)放射狀地射出之不對稱力臂,所述旋 鈕被配置使得使用者可以一隻手指移動它而更加容易地 調整鉸接摩擦(而不是得夾住旋鈕3〇的兩侧)。 其他擺臂組件4之強化係在本發明之範圍内,並且可被本 領域實作的人員所理解。 •一個強化的範例(未以圖式說明):摩擦面15與39可 包括與以上所述之四個角度條件相對應之預定義角度正 向地互相卡合的多個突起與凹部。舉例來說:掣子可以〇 度(完全折疊)、20度(用於在桌面上以橫向模式打字 )、70度(用於以直向顯示模式支推於桌面上)以及18〇 度(用於其行動使用模式穿戴卡合。 •第二個強化的範例(未以圖式説明):可將「波形墊 〇 圈」形式的轴向彈簧可被置於凸座24與13侧邊,而非使 用凸紐30以壓迫表面15以及39—起用於角度鎖定。產生 的彈簧力會消除調整旋鈕30的需求,並且可使用鉚接鉸 接栓26替代螺紋鉸接栓。產生的機制會有效率地以如上 提及的角度擊子運作,因為使用者僅需要抓取擺臂20並 且用它拉開表面15與39,直到擎子黎開然後轉動臂至其 想要的胃’據妹向彈簧將造鮮子拉回至鎖定 的卡合狀態》 10111712^單編號 A0101 第28頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367When the carrier 2 is assembled as explained in the following figures, the friction surface 15 of the bottom plate 3 is mated with its corresponding friction surface (10) on the hinge portion 24 (not visible in this figure), thereby allowing the swing arm 4 rotates around the hinge pin 26. The user locks or loosens the friction adjustment knob (10) and squeezes the hinge 424 with the limb portion 13 to lock the swing arm 4 at any angular position. The four swing arm angle positions enable the following modes: Swing arm position 1: The shell element is fully folded for flat storage on the table (see Figure 2) and is suspended from the wall (see Figure 3). Swing arm position 2: Lock the macro at the angle of the micro-expansion, #1甘贞疋 makes it realize the following three uses 1013306805-0 1) On the desktop, hit 1〇1 in landscape mode and #单号A Face Page 26 / Total 142 Stomach 201248367 Comfortable tilt to support pc, * 2) Support Ρ-C support with steep tilt for viewing in landscape mode on the desktop (see Figure 5), 3) Direct orientation Grab the Ρ-C (see Figure 6). Swing arm position 3: Locked to a slightly more unfolded angle such that it enables the end of the abdomen contact lever 21 to stably support the Ρ-C in a straight mode on the table top (see Figure 7). The swing arm position 4: ^ is locked at a fully deployed angle such that the abdominal contact rod 21 is presented towards the user for hands-free operation (see Figure 8). In the simplest embodiment of the swing arm assembly 4, the (optional) rubber washer 28 and the (optionally) thrust bearing 29 are omitted to allow the friction surface 39 to directly rub against Surface 15 is paired. This hinged configuration achieves a rigid angular lock when the swing arm portion 24 and the bottom plate portion 13 are pressed together by the threaded knob 30 (especially if the two mating surfaces provide radial forceps). A disadvantage of this simple lock mechanism is that the user needs to loosen and retighten the knob 30 each time he wishes to change the position of the swing arm to the other of the four use mode positions described above. Three hinged reinforcements can be provided to improve the efficiency of the swing arm locking mechanism: 1) Rubber washer 28 can be inserted between mating surface 15 and mating surface 39 to provide a smoother and more adjustable between the two hinged halves Friction. This makes it easier for the user to set resistance to the one that performs well at all four angular positions as described above. The disadvantage of this improved friction behavior is that when the swing arm is swung back and forth, the knob 30 will be loosened to the 1Qimi2 order number A0101 page 27/142 page 1013306805-0 201248367 to allow the user to 'require the friction The setting is invalid. 2) In order to prevent such inadvertent changes in the articulation friction, a low-friction thrust bearing 29 can be inserted between the hinge portion 13 and the adjustment knob 30, thereby rotating the threaded knob from the other possible rotations of the swing arm 20. And any loose or tight torque generated is detached. 3) To further facilitate control of the articulation friction, the knob 30 can include an asymmetric force arm that is radially ejected from the side (not illustrated), the knob being configured such that the user can move it with one finger and is easier Adjust the hinge friction (instead of holding the sides of the knob 3〇). The reinforcement of the other swing arm assembly 4 is within the scope of the invention and can be understood by those skilled in the art. • A reinforced example (not illustrated): the friction faces 15 and 39 may include a plurality of protrusions and recesses that positively engage each other with a predefined angle corresponding to the four angular conditions described above. For example: the dice can be twisted (fully folded), 20 degrees (for typing in landscape mode on the desktop), 70 degrees (for pushing in the straight display mode on the desktop), and 18 degrees (with Wear the fit in its action mode. • The second enhanced example (not illustrated): an axial spring in the form of a “wave wrap” can be placed on the sides of the tabs 24 and 13 The non-use of the bead 30 is used to compress the surfaces 15 and 39 for angular locking. The resulting spring force eliminates the need for the adjustment knob 30 and the riveted hinge pin 26 can be used in place of the threaded hinge pin. The resulting mechanism is efficient as above The angle hitter mentioned works because the user only needs to grab the swing arm 20 and use it to open the surfaces 15 and 39 until the engine is opened and then the arm is turned to its desired stomach. Pull back to the locked engagement state" 10111712^Single number A0101 Page 28/Total 142 page 1013306805-0 201248367

•第二個強化的範例(未以圖式說明):可將閉鎖I 定位於接近底板3距鉸接部13的相反邊緣,所述閉鎖裝 被配置以卡合並鎖至擺臂2 〇上。此遠端擺臂鎖定 . 夏具' 有比一個中央接近孔14更大的幾何強度,從而提供維持 將臂維持在其完全折疊的位置的更牢固裝置。當在顯八 於第3圖及第6圖的模式中使用載具2時,此更加強壯名 鎖定是有用的。 的身 •尚有第四個強化範例(此可見於第丨圖):提供由底板 〇 凸座50枢轉之支柱49而用於卡合至支柱插座51 (詳見&第 1 3 圖)〇 可調整的頸帶組件5係由左旋轉拴32、左[形旋轉環Μ、 左頸帶繩33、左繩長調整器34、頸墊(參見第8圖之〇 、右織長調整器(參見第8圖之38)、右頸帶織37、右L 形旋轉環35以及右旋轉栓36。左與右旋轉栓32_為選 擇性地卡合至底板3之左與右旋轉栓孔17與19中,從而讓 使用者能夠如第8圖所顯示地穿戴懸掛的平板式電腦。在 ◎ Θ帶㈣載具的底板之間的兩個連接處稱作 「耦合點」 。孔17以及19為同軸並且平行於旋轉軸u。凸座丨^與“ 係相關於使用者以及旋轉㈣而定位,使得在各種穿戴 模式達成P-G 1的良好平衡與使雜(參見⑻圖以及 圖)。 栓32與36典型地形成,以致於具有輕微壓人套合( ,ference f Η )至其各別的旋轉安裝孔17與19中 從而防止它們在使用期間不慎地落下。此壓入套合亦 子所述旋轉環依序應用力矩來旋轉,並且此協助使 用者以其最佳化方向來配置折疊的載具而用於舒適的搬 mum^^ A0101 第 29 頁 / 共 142 頁 1013306805-0 201248367 運(參見第9圖)。 4形旋轉環模板31與35亦為非常何的,為了提供維持 平板式電腦1的小巧與雅緻的比例外觀的頸帶。此極簡顯 帶的構造料祕進在錢科心__組件之小 巧裝置配置的功能性優點(參見第14圖卜亦可使用傳 統的平吊帶織帶以及非訂製的(現成的)吊帶長度調整 2安裝叫來配置_5,使得討㈣成的末 端旋轉環(未於圖式說明)懸掛Η卜 =說明在組襄及固定至其平板式娜之後的顯示於 第1圖之煜、目园ΛΑΒ n D Λ 將旋轉栓卡合至孔17與19的其他強化的具體實施例係在 本發明的範圍内。舉例來說:第14圖說明使用在凸广'1 與18上形成之彈簧槓桿,以在其旋轉孔中保持旋轉=6 正向鎖定裝置,每個卡合至滯留凹槽(retenti〇n长 groove)的槓桿於接近其旋轉拴的旋轉環中產生。另 範例(未於圖式說明):在釋玫内部正向卡合結構的每 個L形旋轉環上的按鈕卡合至其各別的旋轉孔17與19 = 凹槽(與在常見的2部件鑰匙鏈環的釋放結構類似)。、 顯示於第1圖的頸帶組件5利用了吊帶33與37的小直後繩 (與常見的按鈕、2孔「以繩鎖定調整器」34與38結合)• A second enhanced example (not illustrated): The lock I can be positioned close to the opposite edge of the base plate 3 from the hinge portion 13, which is configured to snap lock onto the swing arm 2 。. This distal swing arm is locked. The summer gear has a greater geometric strength than a central access hole 14 to provide a more robust means of maintaining the arm in its fully folded position. This more powerful locking is useful when the vehicle 2 is used in the modes shown in Figures 3 and 6. The body has a fourth enhanced example (this can be seen in the figure): a post 49 that is pivoted by the floor sill boss 50 is provided for snapping to the post socket 51 (see & Figure 1 3 for details) 〇Adjustable neckband assembly 5 is rotated by left 拴32, left [rotary ring Μ, left neck strap 33, left rope length adjuster 34, neck pad (see Figure 8 〇, right weave length adjuster (See 38 of Figure 8), right neck strap weave 37, right L-shaped swivel loop 35, and right swivel bolt 36. Left and right swivel bolts 32_ are selectively engaged to the left and right swivel bolt holes of the bottom plate 3. 17 and 19, so that the user can wear the suspended tablet computer as shown in Fig. 8. The two joints between the bottom plates of the ◎ belt (four) carrier are called "coupling points". 19 is coaxial and parallel to the axis of rotation u. The bosses are positioned in relation to the user and the rotation (four) so that a good balance of PG 1 is achieved in various wear modes (see (8) diagram and figure). 32 and 36 are typically formed such that they have a slight press fit ( , reference f Η ) to their respective rotary mounting holes 17 and 19 Thereby preventing them from falling inadvertently during use. The press-fit sleeve also applies the torque to rotate in sequence, and this assists the user in configuring the folded carrier for comfort in its optimized orientation for comfort Move mum^^ A0101 Page 29 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 (see Figure 9). The 4-shaped rotating ring templates 31 and 35 are also very important, in order to provide a compact and elegant maintenance of the tablet computer 1 The proportion of the appearance of the neckband. This minimalist belt construction material secret in the Qianke heart __ component of the compact device configuration functional advantages (see Figure 14 can also use the traditional flat sling ribbon and non-custom The (off-the-shelf) sling length adjustment 2 installation is called configuration _5, so that the (four) into the end of the rotating ring (not illustrated) hangs in the = = description after the group 襄 and fixed to its flat Na Figure 1 is a view of the first embodiment of the invention. It is within the scope of the invention to cite the tumbler to the other reinforcements of the holes 17 and 19. For example: Figure 14 illustrates the use of a spring lever formed on 1 and 18 to Rotation in the rotating hole = 6 positive locking device, each lever that snaps into the retaining groove (retenti〇n long groove) is generated in the rotating ring close to its rotating jaw. Another example (not illustrated): The buttons on each L-shaped rotating ring of the inner positive engaging structure of the release are engaged to their respective rotating holes 17 and 19 = grooves (similar to the release structure of the common 2-part key chain). The neckband assembly 5 shown in Fig. 1 utilizes the small straight rear ropes of the slings 33 and 37 (in combination with a common button, 2 holes "with rope lock adjusters" 34 and 38)

下,以形成吸震材料的 滑位置(參見第14圖之 力、破包含於鉸接部1 3下 其亦在桌面40上提供止滑 第30頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 橡膠緩衝器57)。 P-c 1的上表面較其下表面f要較少的撞擊保護,然而可 提供—層透明保護膜(例如「3M Scotchguard" PaintNext, to form the sliding position of the shock absorbing material (see the force of Figure 14, broken under the hinge 13 and also provide a slip on the table 40. Page 30 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 rubber bumper 57) . The upper surface of P-c 1 has less impact protection than its lower surface f, but a transparent protective film (such as "3M Scotchguard" is available.

Pr〇tection Film」)並施用以符合P-C 1的上表面, 從而無形地保護其觸控螢幕9免於磨損。符合Ρ-c形狀之 膠黏性橡膠緩衝器亦可應用在每個角,以進一步強化撞 擊保護。此類角緩衝g (未於圖式說明)’亦容許p_c以其 他可此知傷其表面之面朝下置放。 0 帛3圖說月以相同於常見的畫框或-幅畫的方式收納於牆 面41上之p-c 1以及完全折疊的載具2。載具可以此方式 經由穿過擺臂2〇的開口 23而被懸掛於牆面,擺臂被懸掛 在突出於所述牆面的釘子42上。 在本發明說明的範例中(將其以符合Apple ipad«的特 定形狀與大小的尺寸製作)’載具2為比例相稱的,使得 當在房間内觀看時,看起來P-C隱藏起所有的下層載具組 件,從而提供P-C之視覺上具吸引力的以及空間上具效益 q 的收納裝置。 載具2的說明範例使用了於牆面收細期間完全被p_c】隱 藏的擺臂20。然而,當被配置為支樓較小型的p_c時(舉 例來說’實質上較小的Dell Streak™或Blackberry Playbook ),擺臂2〇必須夠長,以致於腹部接觸桿21 將稍微突出於P-C 1的頂部邊緣上(第8圖說明了規定此 擺臂長度的人體工學需求)。雖然比起顯示於第3圖之完 全隱藏的牆面安裝少了一些視覺上的吸引力,向上突出 的接觸桿21仍將形成如同顯示於第6圖的有效抓握手持。 1013306805-0 此抓握模式的安全性可進一步由上述的「•第三個強化 10111712$單編號A0101 第31頁/共142頁 201248367 的範例(未以圖式說明)」下之擺臂鎖定配置而強化。 p-c 1亦可關聯於在第3圖顯示的方向而上下顛倒地於牆 面安裝。要這樣做,鬆開鉸接鎖30並且將擺臂20旋轉180 度至其完全展開的位置(未於圖式說明)。當開口 23接 著懸掛於釘子42時,P_c :將像鐘擺一樣、以載具的擺臂 延伸於其上地懸掛。雖然比起顯示於第3圖之完全隱藏的 牆面安裝少了一些視覺上的吸引力,此牆面安裝配置提 供了在外觀非優先考量時非常快速收納ρ-C的方法。舉例 來說:於第8圖中顯示的使用者可快速地由他們頸部移除 其Ρ-C並且無需先折疊其擺臂而將之直接懸掛於牆面。 當牆面安裝於合宜的高度,p_C 1亦可被啟動並且用以達 成多種計算任務。舉例來說:其觸控螢幕9可顯示大型牆 面時鐘或賞心悅目的影像幻燈片演示。替代地,Ρ-C的虛 擬鍵盤10可被啟動而用於文字資料輸入,或者可使用其 麥克風、揚聲器與照相機而用於透過無線網路連結供 VOIP遠距離通信。接近電源插座的牆面安裝亦使p-c的内 部電池得以方便的充電》 第4圖說明第2圖的載具以其擁臂20展開並且於平淺角度 鎖定。當設置於接近桌面40的邊緣時,使用者可舒適地 於P-C 1的虛擬鍵盤10上打字。此相同傾斜的配置亦可使 用以支撐P-C 1於使用者膝部(未於圖式說明)。由於 P-C 1以此平淺角度壓於擺臂20的重量可生成大的力矩, 可提供最佳化的支持構件以防止鉸接滑動或損壞(參見 第13圖)。 第32頁/共142頁Pr〇tection Film") is applied to conform to the upper surface of P-C 1 to invisibly protect its touch screen 9 from wear. Adhesive rubber bumpers conforming to the Ρ-c shape can also be applied to each corner to further enhance the impact protection. Such an angular buffer g (not illustrated) also allows p_c to be placed face down with other surfaces that may damage the surface. The 0 帛 3 picture shows the p-c 1 and the fully folded carrier 2 housed on the wall 41 in the same manner as a common picture frame or picture. The carrier can be suspended from the wall via the opening 23 passing through the swing arm 2〇 in such a manner that the swing arm is suspended on the nail 42 protruding from the wall. In the illustrated example of the present invention (made in a size that conforms to the specific shape and size of the Apple iPad), the carrier 2 is proportionate so that when viewed in a room, it appears that the PC hides all of the lower decks. It has components to provide a visually appealing and space-efficient storage unit for the PC. The illustrative example of the carrier 2 uses a swing arm 20 that is completely hidden by p_c during wall sizing. However, when configured as a smaller p_c for a branch (for example, a 'substantially smaller Dell StreakTM or Blackberry Playbook), the swing arm 2 must be long enough that the abdominal contact rod 21 will protrude slightly from the PC. On the top edge of 1 (Fig. 8 illustrates the ergonomic requirements for the length of this swing arm). Although less visually appealing than the completely hidden wall mounting shown in Figure 3, the upwardly projecting contact bar 21 will still form an effective grip as shown in Figure 6. 1013306805-0 The security of this grip mode can be further configured by the above-mentioned "• Third Enhanced 10111712$Single Number A0101 Page 31 of 142 Pages 201248367 Example (not illustrated) And strengthen. P-c 1 can also be mounted upside down on the wall in the direction shown in Figure 3. To do so, the hinge lock 30 is released and the swing arm 20 is rotated 180 degrees to its fully deployed position (not illustrated). When the opening 23 is suspended from the nail 42, P_c: will be suspended like a pendulum with the arm of the carrier extending over it. Although less visually appealing than the completely hidden wall mounting shown in Figure 3, this wall mounting configuration provides a very fast way to accommodate ρ-C when appearance is not a priority. For example, the user shown in Figure 8 can quickly remove their Ρ-C from their neck and hang directly on the wall without first folding their swing arm. When the wall is installed at a suitable height, p_C 1 can also be activated and used to perform a variety of computing tasks. For example, its touch screen 9 can display a large wall clock or a pleasing video slideshow. Alternatively, the Ρ-C virtual keyboard 10 can be activated for text data input, or its microphone, speaker and camera can be used for VOIP long-distance communication over a wireless network connection. The wall mounting close to the power outlet also allows the p-c's internal battery to be conveniently charged. Figure 4 illustrates the carrier of Figure 2 with its arms 20 unfolded and locked at a shallow angle. When placed near the edge of the table top 40, the user can comfortably type on the virtual keyboard 10 of the P-C 1. This same tilting configuration can also be used to support the P-C 1 on the user's knee (not illustrated). Since the P-C 1 can generate a large moment by pressing the weight of the swing arm 20 at a shallow angle, an optimized support member can be provided to prevent the hinge from sliding or being damaged (see Fig. 13). Page 32 of 142

1013306805-0 第5圖說明在拾起、旋轉9 0度以及放回桌面40上之後的第 4圖之Ρ-C以及載具配置。觸控螢幕9由此從便於打字的平 10111Yl£^早編號A0101 第32頁/共142頁 201248367 淺角度旋轉至最理想於某些軟體應用(例如觀看影片) 的陡峭角度。P-C 1的長邊7為水平的,使得若虛擬鍵盤 10被啟動,其對雙手操作而言將是夠寬的。然而,由於 鍵盤處於太陡峭角度而為了舒適打字,典型地將外接無 線鍵盤(未於圖式說明)設置於桌面40上的P-C前,以實 現有效率的字母數字資料輸入。亦可採用無線滑鼠以增 加觸控螢幕的圖形使用者界面之人體工學效率。 典型地,因為其傾斜角度是相當互補的,當在顯示於第4 圖中的模式與顯示於第5圖中的模式之間切換時,不需致 動或調整角度調整鎖30。然而若本發明被用以支撐比 Apple iPad™實質上還小的P-C (舉例來說:實質上較小 的Dell Streak™或Blackberry Playbook™)時,那 麼擺臂20將太長以致於不容許顯示於第5圖中的桌面支撐 幾何。在此類情況下,想要的陡峭顯示角度仍可經由僅 增加擺臂20的鎖定角度而達成。舉例來說:可將顯示於 第4圖的大約15度角改變成大約75度,從而提供與顯示於 第5圖相同的顯示幾何。 第6圖說明了顯示於第4圖與第5圖的P-C載具配置被其使 用者43牢固地抓握。使用者的手44抓住腹部接觸桿21, 使得中指或食指穿過用以懸掛P-C於釘子上的相同開口 23 (參見第3圖)。由於P-C的長邊7為垂直方向,顯示出較 小的「直向模式」虛擬鍵盤10,並且若使用者重新定向 該載具而以其左手而不是右手來抓住其接觸桿21時,虛 擬鍵盤10將自動地重新定向180度。由於使用者在任何特 定時間僅具有一隻空閒的手,較小的、直式定向的虛擬 鍵盤是足以用於行動資料輸入。 1013306805-0 1Q1U712产·單編號A0101 第33頁/共142頁 201248367 以橫向模式的P-C 1牢固行動抓握亦是可能的。為了這樣 做,除了使用桌面或其膝部用於支撐之外,使用者如同 顯示於第4圖地配置載具2,他們僅伸手到下方並且抓取 接觸桿21,使得鉸接組件30、13以及24於其手腕内侧被 支撐(未於圖式說明)。1013306805-0 Figure 5 illustrates Figure 4 -C and vehicle configuration after picking up, rotating 90 degrees, and putting it back on the table top 40. The touch screen 9 is thus rotated from a shallow angle to a steep angle that is most desirable for certain software applications (such as watching a movie) from the easy-to-find flat 10111Yl£^ early number A0101 page 32/142. The long side 7 of the P-C 1 is horizontal so that if the virtual keyboard 10 is activated, it will be wide enough for two-hand operation. However, since the keyboard is at a too steep angle for comfortable typing, an external wireless keyboard (not illustrated) is typically placed in front of the P-C on the desktop 40 for alphanumeric data input. A wireless mouse can also be used to increase the ergonomic efficiency of the graphical user interface of the touch screen. Typically, because the angle of inclination is quite complementary, there is no need to actuate or adjust the angle adjustment lock 30 when switching between the mode shown in Figure 4 and the mode shown in Figure 5. However, if the present invention is used to support a PC that is substantially smaller than the Apple iPadTM (for example, a substantially smaller Dell StreakTM or Blackberry PlaybookTM), then the swing arm 20 will be too long to allow display. The tabletop support geometry in Figure 5. In such cases, the desired steep display angle can still be achieved by merely increasing the locking angle of the swing arm 20. For example, the approximately 15 degree angle shown in Figure 4 can be changed to approximately 75 degrees to provide the same display geometry as shown in Figure 5. Fig. 6 illustrates that the P-C carrier configuration shown in Figs. 4 and 5 is firmly gripped by its user 43. The user's hand 44 grasps the abdomen contact rod 21 such that the middle or index finger passes through the same opening 23 for suspending the P-C on the nail (see Figure 3). Since the long side 7 of the PC is in the vertical direction, a smaller "straight mode" virtual keyboard 10 is displayed, and if the user reorients the carrier and grabs the contact lever 21 with his left hand instead of the right hand, the virtual The keyboard 10 will automatically be reoriented 180 degrees. Since the user has only one free hand at any given time, a smaller, straight-oriented virtual keyboard is sufficient for the action data entry. 1013306805-0 1Q1U712Production·Single Number A0101 Page 33 of 142 201248367 It is also possible to grasp the P-C 1 in a landscape mode. In order to do so, in addition to using the table top or its knees for support, the user configures the carrier 2 as shown in Figure 4, they only reach down and grab the contact bars 21, so that the hinge assemblies 30, 13 and 24 is supported on the inside of the wrist (not illustrated).

第7圖說明載具2,其擺臂20與腹部接觸桿21旋轉至最理 想於以直式定向用於支撐P-C 1於桌面40上的角度。腹部 接觸桿21的長度被配置,以便可使用其兩端於短邊6支撐 P-C 1,使得其觸控螢幕9傾斜於提供良好的資料可視性 以及良好的物理穩定性兩者之角度。此配置將觸控螢幕9 保持於「直向」定向以及最理想於針對某些軟體應用( 例如用於閱讀「電子書」或用於編輯文字處理文件)的 角度。由於小的「直向模式」虛擬鍵盤10處於太陡ώ肖角 度而為了舒適打字,可將外接無線鍵盤設置於桌面40上 ,以實現有效率的字母數字資料輸入(未於圖式說明) 。亦可採用無線滑鼠,以增加顯示於觸控螢幕9上之圖形 使用者介面的人體工學效率。如同以顯示於第3圖的牆面 安裝顯示,載具2被使用者的視線隱藏,從而貢獻於賞心 悅目且不凌亂的工作環境。 第8圖說明載具2,其擺臂20完全地展開,使得彎曲的身 體接觸桿21係直接朝向使用者43的腹部而呈現。所述接 觸桿的内部部分22係配置用於典型的使用者腹部舒適接 觸以及摩擦附著力(未於此CAD圖式中實際地形塑)。頸 帶組件5係經由其左端與右端旋轉環31、35插入至所述載 具的底板之其各別旋轉栓孔中而固定至載具2 (詳見第1 圖與第14圖)。左與右頸帶部分33與37形成了穿過頸墊 10111712产單編號 Α0101 第34頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 45之一可調整的套環。 從側面觀看,吊帶、載具以及使用者形成了用於懸掛P-C 1的約略三角形的支撐結構,所述支撐三角形具有其位於 :旋轉環31、35的共用軸、沿著使用者腹部的接觸點22 以及吊帶接觸點58、59的三個頂點。擺臂20是夠長的, 其將P-C 1與使用者隔開地夠遠,重力導致於接觸桿21上 之鐘擺正向力,接觸桿依次產生了對使用者腹部足夠的 摩擦力,以牢固地穩定所述支撐三角形的所有侧邊。斜 繩33與37提供了不受妨礙的侧向通道,使得當四處走動 時,使用者可以如同第4圖中顯示地坐於桌前他們將享受 的相同程度之人體工學效率來操作虛擬鍵盤10。 軸11通過P-C 1的中央平衡點,然而當將載具2附加於此 並且將其擺臂20朝向使用者展開時,組件的新平衡點變 為稍微朝向使用者偏移。在其相關聯的底板插座中的樞 轉栓與旋轉環31與35因而位於較軸11更接近使用者的位 置,以便於當僅由頸帶5懸掛時提供實質中立的平衡。此 中立平衡的特徵是想要的,因為其改善了上述支撐三角 形的穩定性(即,為了其槓桿牢固地維持P-C 1於其最佳 位置與定向,僅需要將接觸桿21輕微摩擦於使用者)。 當如同顯示於第8圖地被支撐時,P-C 1的上表面以及其 附加的擺臂組件4形成了使用者可用來支撐雜項物品的有 用平台。可被設置於此行動平台的一個有用物品為小巧 的外接鍵盤,例如Apple Wireless Keyboard (未於 圖式說明)。當設置於虛擬鍵盤的上方時,外接鍵盤更 佳的觸覺特性可改善使用者的生產力。此類小巧鍵盤是 夠小的,得以在顯示於第11圖之配件袋46中運送。 1()1117121^單編號 A0101 1013306805-0 第35頁/共142頁 201248367 P-c 1的最佳位置與定向可視使用者是否四處走動、直立 坐於桌前、斜倚在沙發上或躺在床上而改變。為了最佳 化所有姿勢情境的人體工學,使用者43經由使用夹具% 與38並調整頸帶5的長度而將卜c i垂直地置放。他們亦 可經由於其躯幹上下移動接觸桿21而定向p_c,從而沿旋 轉環31、35之軸來旋轉P_c。觸控勞幕定向的進一步角度 調整可經由改變鉸接鎖定結構的角度而受影響;特別地 ’當躺在床上使用本發明於時,㈣擺臂過18()度將實現 穩定地支撐觸控螢幕於更直接地朝向使用者頭部之程度 (未於圖式說明)。 〇 第9圖說明第8圖之Ρ-c載具配置,然而使用者43已旋轉載 具的擺臂至其完全展開的位置(如同於第2圖所顯示)。 由於所述擺臂的重量已從P_c平衡輛u之上方移動至其下 方,Ρ-C以及載具組件變為底部沉重的並且因此傾斜以從 頸帶旋轉環31及35相當垂直地懸掛。由於旋轉環的樞轉 栓之偏心位置,那裡存在p_c】朝前傾斜並離開使用者軀 幹的些微傾向。為減輕此效應,將旋轉環壓入套合至載 具2的底板並且因而對旋轉具有相當的阻力,從而讓使用 Ο 者能夠調整Ρ-C的有效懸掛點,使得當被運送到其下一個 使用地點時它對他們的身體平坦地懸掛。為了進一步改 善載具2的垂直懸掛特性,可將其旋轉栓樞轉孔稿微提高 於提供中性平衡的位置(即:其懸掛轴可被定位於更接 近使用者,以致於對向上而非向下旋轉擺臂產生輕微的 偏差)。 第10圖說明具有其頸帶5有些加長(使用調整器34及/或 38)的第9圖的P-C載具配置。當長期揭帶折叠的μ時 10111712产1單編號A01〇l 第36頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 ,可再將p-c越過肩膀懸掛以供提高的舒適性。 第11圖說明第10圖的Ρ-C載具配置,其具有固定於P-C的 觸控螢幕之隨選的配件收納袋46 (固定的細節參見第14 圖)。典型地,袋子46由可伸展的新平橡膠(neoprene )發泡材料縫製,其當如同顯示地固定於P-C時將協助保 護其觸控螢幕在運送期間免於撞擊傷害。袋子46具有拉 鍊封閉的上開口 47,從而當如同顯示於第5圖或第7圖展 開於桌面時,讓使用者46攜帶雜項物品(例如背帶5或折 疊無線鍵盤)以供使用。 袋子46可具有和其墊著的Ρ-C相同尺寸(在此說明中其墊 著的Ρ-C約為7. 5”高X 9. 5” 寬)。袋子46亦可以較 低的袋子延伸性來配置,以增加它可容納的物件尺寸。 舉例來說,若袋子46被製造為12”高X 9.5”寬,那麼 信紙大小的文件可被四處攜帶,以增加本發明作為行動 辦公室的整體效用。此伸展的袋子(未於圖式說明)亦 能夠攜帶其他週邊裝置,例如Apple WirelessFigure 7 illustrates the carrier 2 with its swing arm 20 and abdomen contact lever 21 rotated to an angle that is most ideally oriented for supporting the P-C 1 on the table top 40. The length of the abdomen contact rod 21 is configured so that its two ends can support the P-C 1 at the short side 6 such that its touch screen 9 is inclined at an angle that provides both good data visibility and good physical stability. This configuration maintains the touch screen 9 in a "direct" orientation and is ideally suited for certain software applications (such as for reading e-books or for editing word processing files). Since the small "straight mode" virtual keyboard 10 is too steep and comfortable for typing, an external wireless keyboard can be placed on the desktop 40 for efficient alphanumeric data input (not illustrated). A wireless mouse can also be used to increase the ergonomic efficiency of the graphical user interface displayed on the touch screen 9. As shown by the wall mounting display shown in Fig. 3, the vehicle 2 is hidden by the user's line of sight, contributing to a pleasing and uncluttered working environment. Figure 8 illustrates the carrier 2 with its swing arm 20 fully deployed such that the curved body contact bar 21 is presented directly toward the abdomen of the user 43. The inner portion 22 of the contact bar is configured for typical user abdominal comfort and frictional adhesion (not actually formed in this CAD drawing). The neck band assembly 5 is fixed to the carrier 2 via its left and right end rotating rings 31, 35 inserted into the respective rotating bolt holes of the bottom plate of the carrier (see Figs. 1 and 14 for details). The left and right neckband portions 33 and 37 form an adjustable collar that passes through the neck pad 10111712 order number Α0101 page 34/142 page 13510805805-0 201248367 45. Viewed from the side, the sling, the carrier and the user form a support structure for the approximately triangular shape of the suspension PC 1 having its common axis: the common axis of the rotating rings 31, 35, the point of contact along the user's abdomen 22 and the three vertices of the sling contact points 58, 59. The swing arm 20 is long enough to separate the PC 1 away from the user. Gravity causes a positive pendulum force on the contact rod 21, which in turn generates sufficient friction against the user's abdomen to secure Stabilize all sides of the support triangle. The diagonal cords 33 and 37 provide unobstructed lateral access so that when walking around, the user can operate the virtual keyboard with the same degree of ergonomic efficiency that they will enjoy sitting at the table as shown in Figure 4. 10. The shaft 11 passes the central balance point of the P-C 1, however, when the carrier 2 is attached thereto and its swing arm 20 is deployed toward the user, the new balance point of the assembly becomes slightly offset toward the user. The pivot pins and the rotating rings 31 and 35 in their associated backplane socket are thus located closer to the user than the shaft 11 to provide a substantially neutral balance when suspended only by the neckband 5. This neutral balance feature is desirable because it improves the stability of the support triangle described above (ie, for the lever to securely maintain the PC 1 in its optimal position and orientation, it is only necessary to slightly rub the contact rod 21 against the user ). When supported as shown in Figure 8, the upper surface of the P-C 1 and its additional swing arm assembly 4 form a useful platform for the user to support the miscellaneous items. One useful item that can be placed on this mobile platform is a compact external keyboard, such as the Apple Wireless Keyboard (not illustrated). When placed on top of the virtual keyboard, the better tactile characteristics of the external keyboard improve user productivity. Such a compact keyboard is small enough to be transported in the accessory bag 46 shown in Figure 11. 1()1117121^单单 A0101 1013306805-0 Page 35 of 142 201248367 The best position and orientation of the Pc 1 is whether the user walks around, sits upright at the table, reclines on the sofa or lies in bed. change. To optimize the ergonomics of all posture scenarios, the user 43 places the c i i vertically by using the jigs % and 38 and adjusting the length of the neck band 5. They can also orient P_c by moving the contact rod 21 up and down with their torso to rotate P_c along the axis of the rotating rings 31,35. Further angular adjustment of the touch screen orientation can be affected by changing the angle of the hinged locking structure; in particular, 'When the invention is used in bed, (4) the swing arm over 18 () degrees will stably support the touch screen To the extent that it is more directly toward the user's head (not illustrated). 〇 Figure 9 illustrates the Ρ-c carrier configuration of Figure 8, however the user 43 has rotated the swing arm of the carrier to its fully deployed position (as shown in Figure 2). Since the weight of the swing arm has moved from above the P_c balance vehicle u to below it, the Ρ-C and the carrier assembly become heavy at the bottom and are thus inclined to hang relatively vertically from the neck belt rotating rings 31 and 35. Due to the eccentric position of the pivot pin of the rotating ring, there is a slight tendency for p_c] to tilt forward and away from the user's torso. To mitigate this effect, the rotating ring is pressed into the bottom plate of the carrier 2 and thus has considerable resistance to rotation, allowing the user to adjust the effective suspension point of the Ρ-C so that when transported to its next It hangs flat on their body when using the location. In order to further improve the vertical suspension characteristics of the carrier 2, the pivoting pinhole of the rotating bolt can be slightly raised to a position providing a neutral balance (ie, its suspension axis can be positioned closer to the user, so that instead of Rotating the swing arm downwards produces a slight deviation). Figure 10 illustrates a P-C carrier configuration having Figure 9 with its neckband 5 somewhat lengthened (using adjusters 34 and/or 38). When long-term unfolding of the folded μ 10111712 production 1 single number A01〇l page 36 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367, p-c can be suspended over the shoulder for improved comfort. Figure 11 illustrates the Ρ-C carrier configuration of Figure 10 with an optional accessory storage bag 46 secured to the P-C touch screen (see Figure 14 for details of the fixation). Typically, the bag 46 is sewn from an extensible neoprene foam material that will assist in protecting its touch screen from impact damage during transport when it is fixedly attached to the P-C as shown. The bag 46 has a zip-closed upper opening 47 to allow the user 46 to carry miscellaneous items (e.g., a harness 5 or a folding wireless keyboard) for use when deployed on the table as shown in Figure 5 or Figure 7. The bag 46 may have the same dimensions as the Ρ-C it is placed on (the Ρ-C in the description is about 7.5" high X 9. 5" wide). The bag 46 can also be configured with a lower bag extensibility to increase the size of the item it can accommodate. For example, if the bag 46 is manufactured to be 12" high X 9.5" wide, letter-sized documents can be carried around to increase the overall utility of the present invention as a mobile office. This extended bag (not illustrated) can also carry other peripherals such as Apple Wireless

TMTM

Keyboard ° 第12圖說明第8圖的載具配置,其具有隨選的背帶48,其 在快速動作期間將身體接觸桿21固定於使用者腹部以用 於更牢固的相符。帶子48為一可伸縮的「固定索( bungee cord)」,其具有讓使用者能夠以所述背帶綁 紮圍繞其背部並且固定其兩端至擺臂20的開口 23的末端 掛鉤。當載具的擺臂係如同顯示於第9圖地折疊時,亦可 以此方式使用帶子48,以更好地使Ρ-C平坦牢固於使用者 的腹部。當不使用時,隨選的背帶48可被收納於上述配 件袋46中。 1Q111712I^單編號 A0101 1013306805-0 第37頁/共142頁 201248367 第13圖說明了在顯示於第4圖的「桌面打字模式」的使用 期間提供額外支撐的擺臂之角度鎖定的替代具體實施例 。此輔助的鉸接支撐裝置係由以軸頸於背板凸座50之枢 轉栓5 2為中心旋轉的支柱4 9所組成。將支柱4 9的較低端 配置用於卡合至擺臂20上的支撐插座51,並且當不使用 時’内部髮夾彈簧(不可見的)對底板3加偏壓於支柱49 。若使用者如同顯示於第3圖於p-C 1上打字時預期沈重 的負荷並且希望提供額外的支撐,那麼如所需地將支柱 49擺下並且卡合至插座51。Keyboard Figure 12 illustrates the carrier configuration of Figure 8 with an optional strap 48 that secures the body contacting rod 21 to the user's abdomen for a more secure fit during rapid motion. The strap 48 is a retractable "bungee cord" having an end hook that allows the user to tie the back strap around the back and secure the ends thereof to the opening 23 of the swing arm 20. When the swing arm of the carrier is folded as shown in Fig. 9, the strap 48 can also be used in this manner to better flatten the Ρ-C to the user's abdomen. When not in use, the optional harness 48 can be received in the accessory bag 46 described above. 1Q111712I^Single Number A0101 1013306805-0 Page 37 of 142 201248367 Figure 13 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the angular locking of the swing arm that provides additional support during use of the "Desktop Typing Mode" shown in Figure 4 . The auxiliary hinged support means is comprised of a post 49 that pivots about a pivot pin 52 of the backing plate projection 50. The lower end of the post 49 is configured for snapping onto the support socket 51 on the swing arm 20 and, when not in use, an internal hairpin spring (not visible) biases the base plate 3 against the post 49. If the user expects a heavy load when typing on p-C 1 in Fig. 3 and wishes to provide additional support, then the post 49 is swung down and snapped to the socket 51 as desired.

替代地’所說明的彈簧偏置支柱49可以較簡單的支柱取 代’其僅由一截桿狀物所組成,於其圓頂狀下端如同顯 示地安装至擺臂20的插座51,但具有相似的圓頂狀上端 插座卡合至底板3的插座中(未於圖式說明)。當不使用 ^ ’此可拆卸的支柱可被收納於第11圖中顯示的配件袋 46中。Alternatively, the illustrated spring biasing post 49 can be replaced by a simpler post which consists of only a truncated rod and is mounted to the socket 51 of the swing arm 20 as shown in the dome-shaped lower end, but has a similar The dome-shaped upper end socket is snapped into the socket of the bottom plate 3 (not illustrated). This detachable struts can be housed in the accessory bag 46 shown in Fig. 11 when ^' is not used.

在本發明優選的具體實施例中,鉸接與擺臂構造為夠堅 固的,使得這樣的輔助擺臂支撑結播可被省略。為促進 堅固的配置,於鉸接半凸座24與13之間提供軟摩擦墊圈 28,若使用者不慎施加過多壓力於p-C }時,經由容許受 控制的鉸接滑動發生以防範鉸接的破壞。顯示於第1圖的 墊圈28與止推軸承29—起使用亦將使摩擦旋鈕30能夠被 調i,使知使用者可在其完全折疊與完全展開之間以所 欲的摩擦程度來往復地旋轉擺臂2〇,當需要更大的鉸接 阻力時,僅需使摩擦旋鈕30變緊(即,當如同第4圖顯示 的於桌面打字時)。In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the hinge and swing arms are configured to be robust such that such auxiliary swing arm support socking can be omitted. To facilitate a robust configuration, a soft friction washer 28 is provided between the hinged halves 24 and 13 to prevent hinge damage by allowing controlled hinged slip to occur if the user inadvertently applies excessive pressure to p-C}. The use of the washer 28 shown in Fig. 1 together with the thrust bearing 29 will also enable the friction knob 30 to be adjusted so that the user can reciprocate at the desired degree of friction between its full folding and full deployment. Rotating the swing arm 2〇, when greater hinge resistance is required, only the friction knob 30 needs to be tightened (i.e., when typing on the table as shown in Figure 4).

第14圖說明了顯示於第11圖之用於固定配件袋46在P-C 第38頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 1露出側邊的便利裝置。袋子46包括以可伸展的新平橡膠 布料所形成的四角口袋54a、54b、54c以及54d,其讓使 用者能夠將它們以超過P-C 1的四個角來變形,從而如_ 第11圖所說明的固定所述袋子。若想要更大的袋子以摔 帶大於P-C 1之表面尺寸的物件,則提供延伸過下方固& 口袋54c及54d的袋子部分(未於圖式說明)。 〇Fig. 14 illustrates a convenient device for exposing the side of the fixed accessory bag 46 shown in Fig. 11 on the P-C page 38/142 page 1013306805-0 201248367. The bag 46 includes four-corner pockets 54a, 54b, 54c, and 54d formed of an extensible new flat rubber cloth that allows the user to deform them beyond the four corners of the PC 1 to be as illustrated in FIG. Fix the bag. If a larger bag is desired to wrap an article that is larger than the surface size of the P-C 1, a portion of the bag that extends past the lower solid & pockets 54c and 54d (not illustrated) is provided. 〇

亦於第14圖顯示的為用於維持頸帶旋轉栓32與36於其各 別的旋轉環孔17與19内之正向鎖定裝置(而非靠著每個 旋轉栓與其樞轉孔之間輕微壓入套合的摩擦)。[形旋轉 環31與35具有接近其各別旋轉栓的環形鎖定凹槽553與 55b,其被形成用於與在旋轉環凸座16與18上的鎖定積十 56a與56b卡合。當使用者希望從底板3拆卸頸帶5時,所 述槓桿必須手動地變形得夠大,使得它們從其各別的鎖 定凹槽55a與55b脫離。其他正向鎖定裝置對本領域實作 的人員而言將是顯而易見的。舉例來說;栓32與36可延 伸地夠遠而穿過其各別的孔17與19,使得在每個端點的 由使用者致動的擴張彈簧防止栓不慎拔出(未於圖式說 明)。 亦顯示於第14圖的是,當擺臂開口 23如同於第3圖顯示地 被懸掛於牆面時,以將之從視線隱藏的緊密方式用於收 納頸帶或「身體支撐構件」5的裝置。頸帶襯墊45係由可 沿其長度以Ve 1 cro封帶魔術貼打開的布套所組成。頸帶 襯墊(以及套子)45從而可被用以容納左與右頸帶繩部 分33與37以及其附隨的長度調整器34與38,一旦它們所 有已被盤繞在一起成為夠短的束,使得套住的頸帶組件 在擺臂20如顯示地被折疊並鎖定時可被收納於擺臂2 〇的 1013306805-0 10111712产單編號A〇1〇l 第39頁/共142頁 201248367 背面。為了進一步固定所收納的頸帶5,可將旋轉栓32與 36插入至其各別的旋轉環孔16與19的兩端(未於圖式說 明)。旋轉環31與35可面向外(用於快速重新部署為頸 帶)或面向内(為了當P-C 1如同顯示於第3圖地被收納 於牆面時看不見)而被收納。Also shown in Fig. 14 is a positive locking device for maintaining the neckband rotary pins 32 and 36 in their respective rotating ring holes 17 and 19 (rather than between each rotary pin and its pivot hole). Slightly press the friction of the fit). [The rotating rings 31 and 35 have annular locking grooves 553 and 55b close to their respective rotary pins which are formed to engage with the locking products 166a and 56b on the rotating ring bosses 16 and 18. When the user wishes to detach the neck band 5 from the bottom plate 3, the levers must be manually deformed large enough that they are disengaged from their respective locking grooves 55a and 55b. Other forward locking devices will be apparent to those skilled in the art. For example, the pegs 32 and 36 can extend far enough through their respective apertures 17 and 19 such that the user-actuated expansion spring at each end prevents the peg from being inadvertently pulled out (not shown) Description). Also shown in Fig. 14, when the swing arm opening 23 is suspended from the wall as shown in Fig. 3, the tight manner of hiding from the line of sight is used to accommodate the neck band or the "body support member" 5. Device. The neckband liner 45 is comprised of a sleeve that can be opened along its length with a Ve 1 cro closure velcro. The neckband liner (and sleeve) 45 can thus be used to accommodate the left and right neck strap portions 33 and 37 and their accompanying length adjusters 34 and 38 once they have been coiled together into a short bundle Thus, the sheathed neckband assembly can be received in the swing arm 2 when the swing arm 20 is folded and locked as shown. 1013306805-0 10111712. Order No. A〇1〇l Page 39 of 142, 201248367 . To further secure the received neckband 5, the rotary bolts 32 and 36 can be inserted into the ends of their respective rotating ring apertures 16 and 19 (not shown). The rotating rings 31 and 35 may be facing outward (for quick redeployment as a neck band) or inward (to be invisible when the P-C 1 is not visible when stored on the wall as shown in Fig. 3).

在適合的頸帶收納裝置之另一具體實施例中(未於圖式 說明),左與右頸帶繩部分33與37 (以及其附隨的長度 調整器34與38)係纏繞於頸帶襯墊外側(而非被包裹於 其内)。為了實現良好的纏繞,於頸帶襯墊45的兩端上 刻凹痕而用於接收所述的繩索,隨著使用者纏繞組件成 為最大緊密度後將其如顯示地收納於擺臂20之下。In another embodiment of a suitable neckband receiving device (not illustrated), the left and right neck strap portions 33 and 37 (and their accompanying length adjusters 34 and 38) are wrapped around the neckband. The outside of the liner (not wrapped in it). In order to achieve good winding, the two ends of the neckband liner 45 are notched for receiving the rope, and are accommodated as shown in the swing arm 20 as the user wraps the assembly to the maximum tightness. under.

第15圖說明環繞底板的使用,其抓握於P-C上而不是使用 膠帶來固定載具底板於P-C。第1至14圖說明了被膠黏至 P-C的背面以及用以固定用於安裝擺臂4的鉸接樞轉凸座 13以及固定用於安裝頸帶5的左與右旋轉樞轉凸座16與18 之底板。黏接膜12形成了在P-C 1與載具2之間的半永久 性結合,然而一些使用者偏愛有更容易從其P-C上分離的 載具,即使不同附加物造成他們的P-C更混亂的視覺外觀 。為了解決他們的偏好,可提供非膠黏性載具之具體實 施例,其利用非膠黏性的背板100以在P-C 1下方安裝三 個必要的凸座,而用於接收擺臂組件4與頸帶組件5。非 膠黏性的背板100係典型地以半剛性塑料形成,其包括環 繞其周長的複數個爪101,其可被變形以咬住P-C 1的前 表面而且從而將其本身連接至載具2(如同在大比例插圖 中所說明的)。 一個類似並且甚至更侵入性地可見的將擺臂4與頸帶5安Figure 15 illustrates the use of a wraparound base that grips the P-C instead of using tape to secure the carrier backplane to the P-C. Figures 1 through 14 illustrate the left side of the PC and the hinged pivoting projections 13 for securing the swing arm 4 and the left and right pivoting pivots 16 for mounting the neckband 5 and The bottom plate of 18. The adhesive film 12 forms a semi-permanent bond between the PC 1 and the carrier 2, however some users prefer vehicles that are easier to separate from their PC, even though different addenda cause a more confusing visual appearance of their PC. . In order to address their preferences, a specific embodiment of a non-adhesive carrier can be provided that utilizes a non-adhesive backing plate 100 to mount three necessary bosses under the PC 1 for receiving the swing arm assembly 4 With the neckband assembly 5. The non-adhesive backsheet 100 is typically formed of a semi-rigid plastic that includes a plurality of jaws 101 around its perimeter that can be deformed to bite the front surface of the PC 1 and thereby attach itself to the carrier 2 (as explained in the large scale illustration). A similar and even more invasively visible swing arm 4 and neck strap 5

10111712iW A0101 第40頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 裝至p_c 1 (未於圖式說明)的附加裝置為滑動整個p-c 至覆蓋所述Ρ-C所有側邊的外殼,所述外殼具有所需要的 開口’其使得使用者能夠使用p_c的觸控螢幕與資料埠。 此外殼體在功能上等同於第15圖之背板100並且在p_c J 下方安裝同樣的樞轉凸座,以接收擺臂4與頸帶組件5。10111712iW A0101 Page 40 of 142 1013306805-0 201248367 Attachment to p_c 1 (not illustrated) is to slide the entire pc to cover all sides of the Ρ-C, which have the required The opening 'which enables the user to use the touch screen and data of the p_c. Furthermore, the housing is functionally equivalent to the backing plate 100 of Figure 15 and the same pivoting boss is mounted below p_cJ to receive the swing arm 4 and the neckband assembly 5.

第16圖說明載具的一具體實施例,其中鉸接樞轉凸座與 頸帶旋轉樞轉凸座係整體地模造於平板式電腦的主要外 喊。第1圖至第15圖說明了對現存的平板式電腦進行樣式 翻新之本發明具體實施例。然而,若Ρ-C是針對本發明的 最佳化整合至其核心結構而特別設計以及製造,那麼將 獲得改善的功能與外觀。第16圖說明此類的p-C200,其 連同擺臂4與頸帶5形成一可穿戴的、功能上等同於第1圖 顯不之Ρ-C的平板電腦。然而,底板與黏接臈都不包括在 P-C200中,因為擺臂樞轉凸座2〇1、右頸帶樞轉凸座2〇2 以及左頸帶樞轉凸座203全部皆整體模造於p_C2〇〇的外 殼204之底部,從而提供一個更堅固以及更有效率的支撐 結構。 顯示於第16圖的P-C200不需看起來類似於顯示在第!圖 的P-C 1 ’因為其内部電子元件的分布是在製造商的完全 控制之下。因此可做出給予整體產品更具空間效益、更 多功能以及視覺上更賞心悅目的各種改良。 舉例來說;在P-C200的〆改良具體實施例中(未於圖式 說明),外殼204的内部元件被重新布置,使得旋轉樞轉 凸座202與203被消除,旅且其各別的旋轉栓孔2〇6與205 直接於外殼204的側邊形成(亦可重新安置資料埠8以適 1013306805-0 應需要形成所述之孔的内部結構)。當如同第8圖或第9 1〇lmi2产單編號A0101 第41育/共142頁 201248367 圖所顯示的部署時,向上移動所述之框轉孔並且移動至 P_C200的核心内使插入的頸帶樞轉检32與36能夠被定位 於更接近懸掛的ρ-c之最佳平衡點(所述平衡點係於每個 那些兩用法配置中要求最佳效能的那些之間的妥協位置 類似地;在本發明的此整體具體實施例中,P-C200的擺 臂柩轉凸座201可大幅度地整合至外殼204 ’從而降低其 整體高度並且容許更流線型與賞心悦目的外觀。當孔25 與207對齊並且摩擦面3〇與208配對時,此版本之所述外 殼204 (未於圖式說明)典型地將柩轉凸座201置於接近 其前緣7處並且可包括容許擺臂4之凸座24對其下表面折 疊的更平坦的凹處。為了進一步讓擺臂4能夠平順地與外 殼204整合,可將鼓接凸座24不對稱地形成’並且外殼 204的底表面可包括容許當完全地折疊時擺臂20更接近地 相符於底部表面的凹處位置(未於圖式說明)。鉸接鎖 定旋鈕30可以如同上述於第1圖之槓桿致動而配置,使得 其整合至其具凹處的擺臂結構。此外,可配置P-C200, 使得其外殼204的短邊關聯於擺臂20的長度而為夠短的, 其當所述擺臂對所述外殼完全折疊時,腹部接觸桿21與 牆面安裝懸掛開口 23突出過所述外殼的相反邊緣209,從 而提供便利的外露握把並使本發明能夠以比顯示的說明 性範例更小尺寸的P-C而被實施。 存在一個有點較簡單的且更便宜的平板式電腦類型,其 缺少當使用者旋轉它時用於自動地以橫向或直向模式定 向其顯示圖像的裝置。這些有限功能的P-C係針對閱讀數 位「電子書」而被最佳化,並且因此僅可以直向定向顯 1013306805-0 10111712产單編號A〇101 第42頁/共142頁 201248367 n 示資料;此類P-C的兩個範例為Amazon Kindle"以及 Barnes & Noble Nook™。這些專用的電子書閱讀器仍 可從本發明獲益,然而它們不需要提供完整功能的可旋 轉擺臂組件。參考第8圖,無論使用者43是站立、坐下或 躺下,以固定的腹部接觸桿21連同頸帶組件5以及其相關 聯的旋轉環固定裝置來配置此類直向定向之電子書閱讀 器將實現其免持操作且從而改善可用性。 本發明之此簡稱的「電子書閱讀器」具體實施例(未於 圖式說明),可被進行樣式翻新(使用如同第1圖顯示的 〇 背部膠黏底板3)抑或直接合併至所述電子書閱讀器的外 殼(按第16圖)。提供一個半固定式、不可旋轉的、大 體上「T形」的接觸桿(未於圖式說明),而非利用用於 將腹部接觸桿21呈至使用者的可旋轉的擺臂。此大體上T 形接觸桿之基座(由接合至彎曲的腹部接觸桿中間之直 間距部分所組成)配合至第1圖中之鉸接凸座13的位置所 提供之插座夾具中。所述插座夾具優選地將具有用於所 ^ 述腹部接觸桿之操作使用的面向前的插座以及在不使用 u 時用於收納所述τ形桿的面向後的插座。 第17圖說明P-C 1連同對現存p-c進行樣式翻新之載具2 的不同具體實施例之爆炸視圖。此ρ-C載具2係由U形擺臂 組件60、「P-C外殼體」組件61與頸帶組件62所組成。 U形擺臂組件60包括U形擺臂8〇,其典型地為一彎曲的金 屬條,該金屬條係由腹部接觸部分63 (亦稱作「橋形接 合器」)接合經由製造左與右彎部65a與65b而形成之左 與右側臂部分67a與67b所組成。所述之腹部接觸部分或 1013306805-0 橋形接合’被彎“料舒適減合於典型的使用者 101117121*·單編號 A0101 第 43 頁 / 共 142 頁 201248367 並且可安裝一發泡體橡膠摩擦增強器64,以供增加的舒 適以及更堅固的機械性槓桿,而用於控制當如同顯示於 第24圖地穿戴P-C 1時的姿勢。左與右側臂67a與67b每 個線性地突出於左與右擺臂樞轉栓7〇a與7〇b的位置之外 。懸臂延伸件68a與68b被用於安裝與定位頸帶旋轉座 69a與69b成為如同以下描述的各種支撐幾何形狀。 當元全地組裝時’左與右抗旋轉鍵71 a與71b從所述左與 右側臂的内表面突出。每個所述之抗旋轉鍵亦沿著所述 之側臂自其各別的樞轉栓7〇a與70b向前與向後延伸,並 且被用於鎖定擺臂60的旋轉,以實現以下描述的各種操 作模式。為了便於製造擺臂8〇,使用傳統的金屬成形技 術;樞轉栓70以及抗旋轉鍵71可一起形成為左與右插入 夾具72a與72b,然後按壓安裝至左與右固定插槽73a與 73b中。替代地,插入件72a與72b的突出部分可使用塑 料注塑成形技術而單片形成於擺臂80 (參見第28圖之組 裝的ϋ形擺臂一般外觀)。 擺臂部分63的寬度、其兩侧臂部分(67a與67b)的長度 以及兩懸臂延伸件(68a與68b)的長度係關聯於所攜帶 的特定P-C的尺寸(在此情況中為Apple iPad 2™)而 決定。選擇所述擺臂尺寸,使得: 1)所組裝的裝置提供了使用者腹部與P-C 1最靠近的邊 緣之間舒適的以及人體工學的間距。當如同顯示於第8圖 地被穿戴時,介於5”與7”之間的間距提供使用者43充 足的間隙,以在無頸帶的干擾下輕易地操作P-C 1。 2)所組裝的裝置使擺臂80能夠在P-C 1四周完全地旋轉 ’使得其彎曲部分63淨空P-C 1的最遠邊緣,從而使擺臂 mmi2产單編號 A0101 第44頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 組件60能夠於P-C 1四周平坦折疊而用於最佳地緊密收納 3)所組裝的裝置定位了頸帶旋轉座69a與69b,使得當 旋轉擺臂並且在其穿戴的延伸位置平行於PC-1鎖定時, 旋轉環84a與84b係沿著開啟的組件之自身的旋轉軸而定 位(即,定位使得P-C將如同顯示於第24圖平衡的懸掛並 且接近水平)。當再將擺臂旋轉180度至其緊密收納位置 時,旋轉環84a與84b於懸臂延伸件68a與68b周圍擺動, 使得被折疊的裝置變為最佳化地懸掛,如同顯示於第25 圖地靠近使用者的身體而用於攜帶。 由於其為用於固定擺臂組件60與頸帶組件62至P-C 1的 「外殼」之裝置,「P-C外殼體」61因而得名。在一具體 實施例中,此固定裝置係由黏接膜以及大型底板(如同 第1圖中所顯示的)所組成。在另一固定具體實施例中, 提供具有環繞的「抓握指狀物」的底板(如同第15圖中 所顯示的)。在另一具體實施例中,提供這兩個抓握裝 置的混合組合(如同在第17圖至第27圖中所顯示的)。 在「P-C外殼體」的又一具體實施例中(未於圖式說明) ,當於其外表面提供時,提供完整的「套」或「外殼體 」來覆蓋整個P-C,需要樞轉孔與滑槽(keyway)結構 以如同以下所述來適當地安裝擺臂60與頸帶62。這些「 外殼體61」具體實施例全部係功能上等同於顯示於第16 圖以及於第28圖至第31圖中的「工廠製造」的具體實施 例(於此,所需要的樞轉與柩轉鎖定裝置係於其製作期 間直接模造至P-C外殼上)。 在第17圖中所顯示之混合「P-C外殼體」61係藉由合適尺 1013306805-0 1()1117121^單編號 A0101 第 45 頁 / 共 142 頁 201248367 寸的雙面黏接膜75而被固定到P_c; }的下表面之背板“ 所組成。為了提供較大的黏接接觸面積到p_c i,背板^ 的寬度可隨選地以如顯示之向後投射的突緣來增加。為 了讓背板74能夠安裝擺臂6〇 ’提供從所述背板的左與右 端向外與向上延伸的左與右擺臂樞轉凸座76a與76b。所 述左與右枢轉凸座可如同顯示地單片形成於所述背板或 以三部分螺栓检緊之組件(兩凸座以螺检栓緊於一背板 )所形成。若使用螺栓栓緊的背板組件(未於圖式說明 ),形成所述左與右凸座,使得抓握板82a與82b為單片 至所述凸座,並且所述背板形成如下所述之水平滑槽f) 與78b的下表面。Figure 16 illustrates a specific embodiment of the carrier wherein the hinged pivoting projection and the neckband pivoting pivoting projection are integrally molded into the main outer shout of the tablet computer. Figures 1 through 15 illustrate a particular embodiment of the invention for refurbishing existing tablet computers. However, if Ρ-C is specifically designed and manufactured for the integration of the present invention into its core structure, improved functionality and appearance will be obtained. Fig. 16 illustrates a p-C200 of this type which, together with the swing arm 4 and the neckband 5, forms a wearable tablet which is functionally equivalent to the Ρ-C of Fig. 1. However, the bottom plate and the adhesive joint are not included in the P-C200 because the swing arm pivoting projection 2〇1, the right neckband pivoting projection 2〇2, and the left neckband pivoting projection 203 are all integrally molded. At the bottom of the outer casing 204 of the p_C2, providing a stronger and more efficient support structure. The P-C200 shown in Figure 16 does not need to look similar to the one shown in the first! The P-C 1 ' of the figure is because the distribution of its internal electronic components is under the full control of the manufacturer. It is therefore possible to make improvements that give the overall product a more space-efficient, more versatile and visually pleasing appearance. For example; in a modified embodiment of the P-C200 (not illustrated), the internal components of the outer casing 204 are rearranged such that the rotational pivoting projections 202 and 203 are eliminated, and their respective The rotating bolt holes 2〇6 and 205 are formed directly on the sides of the outer casing 204 (the internal structure of the holes may also be repositioned to accommodate 1013306805-0). When deployed as shown in Figure 8 or the 9th 〇lmi2 Production Order No. A0101, No. 142/2012, pp. 201248367, move the frame to the hole and move it into the core of the P_C200 to insert the neckband. Pivot checks 32 and 36 can be positioned at an optimal balance point closer to the suspended ρ-c (the balance point is similar to the compromise position between those requiring optimal performance in each of the two usage configurations; In this overall embodiment of the invention, the swing arm swivel projection 201 of the P-C 200 can be substantially integrated into the outer casing 204' to reduce its overall height and allow for a more streamlined and pleasing appearance. When aligned with 207 and the mating faces 3〇 and 208 are paired, the outer casing 204 of this version (not illustrated) typically places the swivel boss 201 near its leading edge 7 and may include an allowable swing arm 4 The flat seat 24 has a flatter recess for folding the lower surface thereof. To further allow the swing arm 4 to be smoothly integrated with the outer casing 204, the drum joint 24 can be asymmetrically formed 'and the bottom surface of the outer casing 204 can include Allows the swing arm 20 to be connected when fully folded The ground position corresponds to the concave position of the bottom surface (not illustrated). The hinge locking knob 30 can be configured as the lever actuation described above in Figure 1 so that it is integrated into its concave swing arm structure. The P-C200 can be configured such that the short side of its outer casing 204 is short enough to be associated with the length of the swing arm 20, which when the swing arm is fully folded about the outer casing, the abdomen contact rod 21 and the wall mounting suspension opening 23 protrudes from the opposite edge 209 of the outer casing to provide a convenient exposed grip and enables the invention to be implemented in a smaller size PC than the illustrative example shown. There is a somewhat simpler and less expensive flat panel. Computer type that lacks the means for automatically orienting its display image in landscape or direct mode when the user rotates it. These limited-function PCs are optimized for reading digital "e-books" and Therefore, it is only possible to direct the orientation 1013306805-0 10111712 order number A〇101 page 42 / 142 pages 201248367 n; two examples of such PCs are Amazon Kindle" and Barnes & Nob Le NookTM. These dedicated e-book readers still benefit from the present invention, however they do not require a fully functional rotatable swing arm assembly. Referring to Figure 8, the user 43 is standing, sitting or lying down. Configuring such a straight-oriented e-book reader with a fixed abdomen contact rod 21 along with the neckband assembly 5 and its associated rotating ring fixture will achieve its hands-free operation and thereby improve usability. The "e-book reader" embodiment (not illustrated) can be retrofitted (using the back-back adhesive backplane 3 as shown in Figure 1) or directly incorporated into the shell of the e-book reader (According to Figure 16). A semi-fixed, non-rotatable, generally "T-shaped" contact lever (not illustrated) is provided instead of a rotatable swing arm for presenting the abdominal contact rod 21 to the user. The base of the substantially T-shaped contact rod (composed of a straight portion that is joined to the middle of the curved abdomen contact rod) is fitted into the socket clamp provided at the position of the hinged projection 13 in Fig. 1. The socket clamp will preferably have a forward facing receptacle for operation of the abdominal contact lever and a rearward facing receptacle for receiving the Tau rod when u is not in use. Figure 17 illustrates an exploded view of a different embodiment of P-C 1 along with a carrier 2 for retrofitting existing p-c. The ρ-C carrier 2 is composed of a U-shaped swing arm assembly 60, a "P-C outer casing" assembly 61 and a neck belt assembly 62. The U-shaped swing arm assembly 60 includes a U-shaped swing arm 8〇, which is typically a curved metal strip that is engaged by the abdomen contact portion 63 (also referred to as a "bridge joint") via the manufacture of left and right The left and right arm portions 67a and 67b formed by the curved portions 65a and 65b are composed. The abdomen contact portion or the 1013306805-0 bridge-shaped 'bent' material is comfortably reduced to the typical user 101117121*·single number A0101 page 43 / 142 pages 201248367 and can be installed with a foam rubber friction enhancement The 64 is for increased comfort and a more robust mechanical lever for controlling the posture when the PC 1 is worn as shown in Fig. 24. The left and right arms 67a and 67b each linearly protrude from the left and The positions of the right swing arm pivot pins 7A and 7B are used. The cantilever extensions 68a and 68b are used to mount and position the neck band swivels 69a and 69b to various support geometries as described below. The left and right anti-rotation keys 71 a and 71 b protrude from the inner surfaces of the left and right arms when assembled, and each of the anti-rotation keys also follow their respective pivot pins along the side arms 7〇a and 70b extend forward and backward and are used to lock the rotation of the swing arm 60 to achieve the various modes of operation described below. To facilitate the manufacture of the swing arm 8〇, conventional metal forming techniques are used; the pivot pin 70 And the anti-rotation keys 71 can be formed together as The left and right insertion jigs 72a and 72b are then press-fitted into the left and right fixing slots 73a and 73b. Alternatively, the protruding portions of the inserts 72a and 72b may be formed monolithically on the swing arm 80 using plastic injection molding techniques ( See the general appearance of the assembled squat arm of Figure 28. The width of the swing arm portion 63, the length of the arm portions (67a and 67b) on both sides, and the length of the two cantilever extensions (68a and 68b) are associated with The size of the particular PC being carried (in this case the Apple iPad 2TM) is determined. The swing arm size is chosen such that: 1) the assembled device provides comfort between the user's abdomen and the closest edge of the PC 1. And ergonomic spacing. When worn as shown in Figure 8, the spacing between 5" and 7" provides sufficient clearance for the user 43 to operate easily without neckband interference. PC 1. 2) The assembled device enables the swing arm 80 to fully rotate around the PC 1 'so that its curved portion 63 clears the farthest edge of the PC 1 so that the swing arm mmi2 is numbered A0101. Page 44 of 142 Page 1013306805-0 201248367 Component 60 can be used in P- C1 is flatly folded for optimal tight accommodation 3) The assembled device positions the neckband swivels 69a and 69b such that when the swing arm is rotated and locked in parallel with the PC-1 when it is worn, the rotation The rings 84a and 84b are positioned along their own axis of rotation of the open assembly (i.e., positioned such that the PC will be as balanced as shown in Figure 24 and near horizontal). When the swing arm is rotated 180 degrees to its tight fit In position, the rotating rings 84a and 84b are swung around the cantilevered extensions 68a and 68b such that the folded device is optimally suspended, as shown in Figure 25, near the user's body for carrying. Since it is a device for fixing the "shell" of the swing arm assembly 60 and the neck band assembly 62 to P-C 1, the "P-C outer casing" 61 is named. In a specific embodiment, the fixture is comprised of an adhesive film and a large back panel (as shown in Figure 1). In another fixed embodiment, a bottom plate having a circumferential "grip finger" is provided (as shown in Figure 15). In another embodiment, a hybrid combination of the two gripping devices is provided (as shown in Figures 17 through 27). In yet another embodiment of the "PC outer casing" (not illustrated), when provided on its outer surface, a complete "sleeve" or "outer casing" is provided to cover the entire PC, requiring pivoting holes and The keyway structure properly mounts the swing arm 60 and the neck band 62 as described below. The specific embodiments of the "outer casing 61" are all functionally equivalent to the specific embodiment shown in Fig. 16 and "factory manufacturing" in Figs. 28 to 31 (here, the required pivoting and squatting) The rotary locking device is molded directly onto the PC housing during its manufacture). The hybrid "PC outer casing" 61 shown in Fig. 17 is fixed by a suitable ruler 1013306805-0 1 () 1117121^ single number A0101 page 45 / 142 page 201248367 inch double-sided adhesive film 75 The back plate of the lower surface of P_c; } is composed. In order to provide a larger bonding contact area to p_c i , the width of the backing plate ^ can be optionally increased with a flange projected backward as shown. The back plate 74 can be mounted with a swing arm 6'' providing left and right swing arm pivoting projections 76a and 76b extending outwardly and upwardly from the left and right ends of the backing plate. The left and right pivoting projections can be like The display unit is formed on the back plate or the component which is inspected by a three-part bolt (the two bosses are screwed and bolted to a back plate). If the bolt is used to fasten the back plate assembly (not shown) Illustratively, the left and right bosses are formed such that the gripping plates 82a and 82b are a single piece to the boss, and the backing plate forms a lower surface of the horizontal chutes f) and 78b as described below.

所述樞轉凸座包括在兩水平滑槽78a與78b以及兩垂置滑 槽79a與79b之間較會處所形成之左與右擺臂轉检孔 77a與77b,所述樞轉栓孔與所述滑槽被配置用於與相對 應的樞轉栓70a與70b以及與相對應的抗旋轉鍵71a與nb 卡合,其如同以下所述地於彈簧偏置擺臂6〇上形成。第 28圖與第29圖說明擺臂6〇如何成形,使得旋轉座69a與 69b較彎部65a與65b更靠在一起’從而形成匯合的1/形彈 U 簧’當被強制打開並安裝於P-C外殼體61時,其將自動地 偏移樞轉栓70a與70b以及抗旋轉鍵7ia與71b至其各別的 孔與滑槽中。 所述柩轉栓較所述抗旋轉鍵從彎曲的擺臂8〇射出遠得多 ,從而讓使用者能夠於臂67a與67b向外拉,以從所述滑 槽釋放所述鍵而維持所述柩轉栓於其各別的樞轉孔中。 此彈簧偏置的樞轉與鍵的卡合系統從而使得擺臂組件6〇 能夠選擇性地被旋轉並且如所需的鎖定至四個位置 A0101 第46 頁/共142頁 以 1013306805-0 201248367 實現本發明的各種使用模式。其四個可能的位置為: 1) 擺臂於其延伸位置水平地鎖定’而用於如同第24圖所 顯示的穿戴。 2) 如同第18圖所顯示的,擺臂從位置#1旋轉18〇度並且 鎖定至其平坦收納位置。 3) 如同第20圖所顯示的,擺臂從位置#2旋轉9〇度並且 鎖定至其桌面鍵盤位置。 4) 如同第21與第22圖所顯示的,擺臂從位置#3旋轉18〇 度並且鎖定至其桌面觀看位置。 L 為了旋轉擺臂60組件至上述四個使用配置的任一者,使 用者只要將彈簧偏置的、U形擺臂的兩侧臂之兩者向外拉 得夠遠,以從其各別的滑槽釋放其兩個抗旋轉鍵。若擺 臂被部署於位置#1、位置#3或位置#4,那麼此滑槽釋放 動作將立即使重力向上並且朝向彼此旋轉擺臂與p_c兩者 ,以促進折疊至位置#2。若擺臂已經在位置#2,那麼滑 槽釋放將使重力所驅動的展開以相同旋轉方向朝其他3個 Γ. 擺臂位置的任一者重新開始,並且使用者只要操縱侧臂 ,以致於使擺臂的彈簧偏置自動地於所欲的位置將所述 鍵鎖定至所述潸槽中。在第17圖中,抗旋轉鍵顯示出於 彎曲擺臂80之左與右側臂部分兩者。左與右鍵提供平衡 的鎖定對稱,然而可提供單—的抗旋轉鍵於僅右或左侧 臂,使得稍微簡化的位置變化。 1013306805-0 在同時地維持樞轉栓70a與70b於其各別的框轉孔77a與 77b内時’ U形擺臂的側臂之輕微擴展將正確地從其各別 的滑槽於樞轉凸座76a與76b釋放抗旋轉鍵71a與71b。然 而施加稍微更大的擴展力於所述側臂,可使所述樞轉拴 lonm2产單編號A01(n 第们頁/共142頁 201248367 從所述抱轉孔完全的退出’從而允許擺臂㈣Ρ-C外殼體 61凡全的拆除與分離。為了防止所述擺臂不慎的(潛在 地災難性的)分離,可將正向栓定位裝置(例如標準定 位央…與91b)固定於接近所述插轉拾的頂端處。反向 孔(C〇unter-b〇re)90a與90b配置拖轉检孔^與爪 而用於足夠的軸向移動,以允許抗旋轉鍵7ι如所要求的 適當卡合與卸除》The pivoting protrusion includes left and right swing arm scanning holes 77a and 77b formed at a position between the two horizontal sliding grooves 78a and 78b and the two vertical sliding grooves 79a and 79b, the pivoting bolt hole and the The chute is configured to engage the corresponding pivot pins 70a and 70b and the corresponding anti-rotation keys 71a and nb, which are formed on the spring biasing arm 6〇 as described below. Figures 28 and 29 illustrate how the swing arm 6〇 is shaped such that the swivel seats 69a and 69b are closer together than the curved portions 65a and 65b 'to form a confluent 1/shaped spring U-spring' when forced to open and mounted on In the case of the PC outer casing 61, it will automatically offset the pivot pins 70a and 70b and the anti-rotation keys 7ia and 71b into their respective holes and slots. The shackle is ejected farther from the curved swing arm 8 than the anti-rotation key, thereby allowing the user to pull the arms 67a and 67b outward to release the key from the chute to maintain the The plug is pivoted into its respective pivot hole. This spring-biased pivoting and keying engagement system allows the swing arm assembly 6〇 to be selectively rotated and locked to four positions as desired. A0101 Page 46 of 142 is implemented as 1013306805-0 201248367 Various modes of use of the invention. The four possible positions are: 1) The swing arm is horizontally locked in its extended position for wear as shown in Figure 24. 2) As shown in Figure 18, the swing arm is rotated 18 degrees from position #1 and locked to its flat storage position. 3) As shown in Figure 20, the swing arm is rotated 9 degrees from position #2 and locked to its desktop keyboard position. 4) As shown in Figures 21 and 22, the swing arm is rotated 18 degrees from position #3 and locked to its tabletop viewing position. L In order to rotate the swing arm 60 assembly to any of the above four use configurations, the user simply pulls both sides of the spring-biased, U-shaped swing arm outwardly away from each other. The chute releases its two anti-rotation keys. If the swing arm is deployed at position #1, position #3 or position #4, then the chute release action will immediately cause gravity to rotate upward and toward both sides of the swing arm and p_c to facilitate folding to position #2. If the swing arm is already in position #2, then the chute release will cause the gravity-driven deployment to restart in the same direction of rotation toward either of the other three Γ. swing arm positions, and the user simply manipulates the side arm so that the user The spring bias of the swing arm automatically locks the key into the tongue and groove at the desired position. In Fig. 17, the anti-rotation key is shown for both the left and right arm portions of the curved swing arm 80. The left and right keys provide balanced locking symmetry, however a single anti-rotation key can be provided to the right or left arm only, resulting in a slightly simplified positional change. 1013306805-0 The slight extension of the side arms of the U-shaped swing arm will correctly pivot from its respective chute while maintaining the pivot pins 70a and 70b in their respective frame turns 77a and 77b simultaneously The bosses 76a and 76b release the anti-rotation keys 71a and 71b. However, applying a slightly greater expansion force to the side arm allows the pivoting 拴lonm2 to produce a single number A01 (n page 142 pages 201248367 complete exit from the holding hole) to allow the swing arm (4) Demolition and separation of the Ρ-C outer casing 61. In order to prevent inadvertent (potentially catastrophic) separation of the swing arm, the positive bolt positioning device (for example, standard positioning center and 91b) can be fixed close to The top end of the insertion and retraction. The reverse hole (C〇unter-b〇re) 90a and 90b are configured to drag the inspection hole and the claw for sufficient axial movement to allow the anti-rotation key 7ι as required Properly engaged and dismounted

無論為何理由’若使用者希望移除擺臂(此類定位夹相 當難以移除的)’使以位夾91a與91b防止擺臂6〇 (以 及其附加的頸帶61)的不慎分離是有問題的。為了解決 這個顧慮’可提供所述_栓的快速釋放版本。舉例來 說’當且僅當所述旋轉環被_至特定角度定向時,可 提供^頸《轉環之「_鍵孔」裝置(未於圖式說 明)’以使「鎖扣上的」旋轉栓從其「被鍵孔」之抱轉 孔被退出。此相同類型之「正向卡合而快速釋放」的固 定裝置亦可用以配置樞轉栓87a與87b,以防止頸帶組件 62的不慎分離。為了實施如上所述之優選的擺臂快速釋 放,每個樞轉栓的「鍵孔突緣」應被定向,使得擺臂的 樞轉拴僅可於擺臂朝使用者定向而用於穿戴但位於稍高 於其水平鎖定位置#1時被退出(此將在正常折疊與展開 操作期間最小化不慎的拆卸機會)。 為了強化載具2至P-C 1的黏接固定,左與右樞轉凸座 76&與76b包括使用螺絲83a與83b而用於安裝左與右抓握 板82a與82b之孔81。抓握板82a與82b以類似於第15圖 中所顯示的方式被配置用於正向卡合於p-C 1的上表面 從而更牢固地將底板75與擺臂6〇安裝至P-C 1。當A如 101U712产單編藏 A_ m 48 ^ , u 、 1013306805-0 第48頁/共142頁 201248367 同顯示於第18圖平放收納時’為了更好地支撑卜c】,可 將橡膠墊片腳89a與89b固定至所述p_c的下側。 頸帶組件62係由左與右頸帶_環體(…與糾)、左 與右頸帶繩(85a與及左與右繩長調整器(㈣ 與88b)所組成。所述旋轉祕安裝同心旋轉 栓87a與87b ’其被旋轉地安裝至u形彎曲擺臂8〇之左與 右旋轉座69a與69b。為了合適的固定至所述擺臂座,所 述旋轉栓的頂料被賴·卩接輯適當地形成之旋轉 座69&與691),從而將體積最小化並且提供平滑的内部擺 臂表面,其促進本發明的其他低空隙之具體實施例(見 第28圖)^可使用所述旋轉環體的其他可旋轉的固定裝 置(例如螺紋端帽或疋如上所述之「鍵以及鍵孔」快速 釋放座)。 左與右頸帶繩85a與85b固定至其各別的旋轉環體:將— 個簡單但有效的固定裝置經由開口 86a與86b而通過所述 繩子並且形成一個結或其他的末端增厚物以防止其退出 。在一優選的具體實施例中、比起可由更常見而用以改 變平頸帶長度之調整器所提供的,「按鈕、雙洞繩扣」 88a與88b被用以提供改變頸帶62長度之更緊密的且容易 調整的裝置。為了利用此類非訂製的繩扣,每個頸帶繩 (舉例來說85a)通過其最近的繩扣之可鎖定的第一洞( 88a)並且經由固定通過其最遠繩扣的第二洞(88b)而 終止。繩子固定至所述繩扣典塑地以與用以固定所述繩 子至旋轉體84之相同方式製作。經由釋放兩個繩扣使得 兩條繩子自由運行通過所述第一洞,使用者可經由滑動 於其頸部後滑動的兩繩以輕易地改變頸帶的總長度(參 1013306805-0 10111712产單編號A〇1〇l 第49頁/共142頁 201248367 見第24圖)。頸帶調整器之傳統的「滑扣」類型或者為 相機而製作的相對笨重之非訂製頸帶亦可以適當配置的 旋轉體84a與84b而被一起使用。 有效率的頸帶收納可經由縮短頸帶60之總長度以及將繩 子85a與85b置於繩導件66a與66b而實現,使得被收納的 頸帶拉繞彎曲的擺臂80的外部周圍(參見第18圖)。替 代地’若使用快速釋放的旋轉環,頸帶組件6 2可被完全 地移除並且獨立地收納於顯示於第2 5圖與第14圖之配件 袋中。 第18圖說明了當完全組裝並且固定至p-c 1時的第丨7圖 〇 之P-C載具2。U形擺臂或「身體支持構件」60已被旋轉至 其完全折疊的收納位置然後置於桌面4〇。注意:p-c載具 2的整體高度為稍微大於P-C 1的高度。從而載具2提供了 三個保護所述P-C的重要措施: 1) P-C的四個角被擺臂組件60有效地環繞。 2 ) P - C的前下表面受到保護並且受到背板7 4的厚度而被 升高於桌面40上(不可見的)。p—c的後下表面亦典型地 被升高並且受到一或更多膠黏性橡膠墊腳89保護(亦不 〇 可見)。 3) P-C的上表面以及觸控螢幕9亦可藉由黏接額外的橡膠 墊腳至其上表面而受到保護(未於圖式說明)。經由所 述墊腳89以及所述抓握板82a與82b所提供之填隙與揸擊 吸收從而讓使用者能夠將折疊的組件面朝下放置於桌面 而無導因於兩個表面之間的接觸的損害之顧慮。 4) 若用以製造U形擺臂60的材料寬度大於被承栽於栽具2 之P-C 1厚度(即,如同第18圖中所顯示的用於承栽僅 10111712产單編號A〇101 第50頁/共142頁 有 1013306805-0 201248367 0.35”厚的Apple iPad的大約0.5”寬),那麼擺臂的 上與下邊緣將擔任保護所述P-C的上與下表面的角色,而 同時仍允許平板電腦要被清晰可見的乾淨風格。 第19圖說明在以類似於顯示在第3圖之具體實施例的方式 而懸掛於牆面41上之後第18圖之P-C載具2配置。左與右 安裝釘42a與42b被打入所述牆面,以藉由將其懸掛於彎 部65a與65b之所述釘子而能夠穩定的埋入安裝( flush-mounting) P-C 1。為了將對牆面的損傷最小化 ,以一獨立的壁掛式支架(未於圖式說明),其係由具 Γ) 有中央牆面固定孔以及相符於彎部65a.與65b的兩個垂置 末端爪之水平桿所組成。 第20圖說明了具有對P-C 1以直角旋轉之擺臂60的P-C載 具2,使得其使所述載具能夠支撐虛擬鍵盤1〇於其優選的 定向而用於在桌面40上打字。將左與右抗旋轉鍵71a以及 71b卡合至左與右垂直滑槽79a與79b,從而鎖定擺臂6〇 ,使得其兩個(短的)懸臂部分68a與68b扮演用於將 P-C 1對使用者以一平淺角度向上傾斜之支撐支柱,而Regardless of the reason 'if the user wishes to remove the swing arm (such a clip is quite difficult to remove)', the inadvertent separation of the swing arm 6〇 (and its additional neck strap 61) by the position clips 91a and 91b is problematic. To address this concern, a quick release version of the _bolt can be provided. For example, 'when and only if the rotating ring is oriented by _ to a specific angle, the "_key hole" device of the swivel (not illustrated) can be provided to make the "lock" The rotating bolt is withdrawn from the holding hole of its "keyhole". This same type of "positive snap and quick release" securing means can also be used to configure the pivot pins 87a and 87b to prevent inadvertent separation of the neck band assembly 62. In order to implement the preferred quick release of the swing arm as described above, the "keyhole flange" of each pivot pin should be oriented such that the pivoting arm of the swing arm can only be used for wear while the swing arm is oriented toward the user but Exited slightly above its horizontal locking position #1 (this will minimize inadvertent disassembly opportunities during normal folding and unfolding operations). In order to reinforce the adhesive attachment of the carriers 2 to P-C 1, the left and right pivoting projections 76 & and 76b include holes 81 for mounting the left and right gripping plates 82a and 82b using screws 83a and 83b. The grip plates 82a and 82b are configured to be positively engaged with the upper surface of the p-C 1 in a manner similar to that shown in Fig. 15 to more securely mount the bottom plate 75 and the swing arm 6 to the P-C 1. When A is like 101U712, the order is A_ m 48 ^ , u , 1013306805-0 , page 48 / 142 pages , 201248367 , which is shown in Figure 18 when it is placed in a flat position for the purpose of better supporting the c] The legs 89a and 89b are fixed to the lower side of the p_c. The neckband assembly 62 is composed of left and right neck straps _ ring body (... with correction), left and right neck strap ropes (85a and left and right rope length adjusters ((4) and 88b). The concentric rotary plugs 87a and 87b' are rotatably mounted to the left and right rotary seats 69a and 69b of the u-shaped curved swing arm 8A. For proper fixing to the swing arm seat, the top of the rotary bolt is relied upon • splicing suitably formed swivel mounts 69 & 691) to minimize volume and provide a smooth internal swing arm surface that facilitates other embodiments of other low voids of the present invention (see Figure 28). Use other rotatable fixtures of the rotating ring (such as a threaded end cap or "key and keyhole" quick release seat as described above). The left and right neck straps 85a and 85b are secured to their respective rotating ring bodies: a simple but effective fixture is passed through the cords via openings 86a and 86b and forms a knot or other end thickening Prevent it from exiting. In a preferred embodiment, "button, double hole rope" 88a and 88b are used to provide varying length of neckband 62 as provided by an adjuster that can be used to change the length of the flat neckband more commonly. A tighter and easier to adjust device. To utilize such uncustomized cords, each neck strap (for example 85a) passes through the lockable first hole (88a) of its nearest cord and via the second through its farthest cord buckle The hole (88b) is terminated. The cord is fixed to the cord to be made in the same manner as the cord is used to fix the cord to the rotating body 84. By releasing the two cords so that the two ropes run freely through the first hole, the user can easily change the total length of the neck strap via two ropes sliding behind the neck (refer to 1013306805-0 10111712 bill of lading) No. A〇1〇l Page 49 of 142, 201248367 See Figure 24). The conventional "slip" type of the neckband adjuster or the relatively bulky non-customized neckband made for the camera can also be used together with the appropriately configured rotating bodies 84a and 84b. Efficient neckband accommodation can be achieved by shortening the overall length of the neckband 60 and placing the cords 85a and 85b in the rope guides 66a and 66b such that the received neckband is wrapped around the outer circumference of the curved swing arm 80 (see Figure 18). Alternatively, if a quick release rotating ring is used, the neckband assembly 62 can be completely removed and independently received in the accessory bag shown in Figures 25 and 14. Figure 18 illustrates the P-C carrier 2 of Figure 7 when fully assembled and secured to p-c 1. The U-shaped swing arm or "body support member" 60 has been rotated to its fully folded storage position and then placed on the table top. Note that the overall height of the p-c carrier 2 is slightly greater than the height of P-C 1 . Thus the carrier 2 provides three important measures to protect the P-C: 1) The four corners of the P-C are effectively surrounded by the swing arm assembly 60. 2) The front lower surface of the P-C is protected and raised on the table top 40 (not visible) by the thickness of the backing plate 74. The posterior inferior surface of p-c is also typically elevated and protected (or not visible) by one or more adhesive rubber feet 89. 3) The upper surface of the P-C and the touch screen 9 can also be protected by attaching additional rubber feet to the upper surface (not illustrated). The caulking and slamming absorption provided by the footings 89 and the gripping plates 82a and 82b allows the user to place the folded components face down on the table top without contact between the two surfaces. The fear of damage. 4) If the width of the material used to make the U-shaped swing arm 60 is greater than the thickness of the PC 1 that is placed on the plant 2 (i.e., as shown in Figure 18 for the bearing only 10111712, the order number A〇101 50 pages/total 142 pages have 1013306805-0 201248367 0.35" thick Apple iPad approximately 0.5" wide), then the upper and lower edges of the swing arm will serve to protect the upper and lower surfaces of the PC while still allowing The tablet should be clearly visible in a clean style. Figure 19 illustrates the configuration of the P-C carrier 2 of Figure 18 after being suspended from the wall 41 in a manner similar to that shown in the specific embodiment of Figure 3. The left and right mounting nails 42a and 42b are driven into the wall to stably flush-mount the P-C 1 by suspending the nails of the curved portions 65a and 65b. In order to minimize the damage to the wall, a separate wall-mounted bracket (not illustrated) is provided with a central wall fixing hole and two hangings corresponding to the curved portions 65a. and 65b. The horizontal rod of the end claw is composed. Figure 20 illustrates a P-C carrier 2 having a swing arm 60 that rotates at right angles to the P-C 1 such that it enables the carrier to support the virtual keyboard 1 for its preferred orientation for typing on the table top 40. The left and right anti-rotation keys 71a and 71b are engaged to the left and right vertical chutes 79a and 79b, thereby locking the swing arm 6〇 such that its two (short) cantilever portions 68a and 68b serve to pair the PC 1 The user tilts the support strut at a flat angle, and

M J 於在虛擬鍵盤10上有效率的打字。 第21圖說明了在經由旋轉其擺臂組件60過18〇度而被配置 之後的第20圖之P-C載具。將左與右抗旋轉鍵7la與71b 重新卡合至左與右垂直滑槽79a與79b,從而鎖定擺臂6〇 ’使得其兩個側臂部分67a與67b於桌面40上以非常陡峨 的角度於橫式定向支撐P-C 1的下部分。當結合置於其前 的桌面上之外部鍵盤而使用時(未於圖式說明),此陡 峭的觀看角度對於看圖像或影片亦或資料輪入是合宜的 1〇111?12产單編號顏 第51頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 第22圖說明 圖之相同 新定向並置回桌面4〇之後顯示於第21 ’篡# 5的p C载具,使得擺臂60以衧舒適地用於廣泛的 部分。務之的角度,於橫式定向切W !的上 第23圖說明γ / '斤定向並置回桌面4〇之後顯示於第21 支撑p 5的^载具’使得擺臂60被定命用於在縱式定向 芽C 1。為了提供對所述p_c的直角支撐( 、g〇nal supp0rt ),墊片塊92遠離1的下邊 各-身凸出於所述P-C的—側下方之載具2的偏心體積 二田結合外部鍵盤而使用時(未於圖武說明),此直式 定向支揮:力賴於某些顯示任務(例如酬電子書或文 字處理)是有用的。 弟24圖說明了具有其展開並鎖定至上述之位置#1的U形擺 ’60之P-C載具2,從而讓使用者43以雙手操作η】的 同時能夠舒適地四處走動。 、 使用者伽整頸帶組件62的長度以及鮮6()的腹部接觸 部分64的長度,以獲得在移動計算任務期間適於有效率 的人體工學之舒適的合身。注意:左與右旋轉環—與 84b於接近其平衡軸處懸掛裝置(即,稍微朝 ,因此所述擺臂僅需要提供小的扶正力矩(righting moment) ’以於使用者所欲的定向維持p_c j。 第25圖說明在其擺臂60已被旋轉並鎖定至位置#2 (如同 顯示於第18圖)之後的第24圖之卜c栽具。注意:經由旋 轉所述擺臂180度’其左與右懸臂部分84a與84b變為從 組件的平衡點移開’使得其於運送期間平坦舒適地懸掛 於使用者的腹部。從而此U形擺臂具體實施例提供了比在 声單編號A0101 第52頁/共I42頁 101117121 10133 201248367 第9圖中所說明的τ形具體實施例所提供的稍微更有效的 重量重新分布。 第26圖說明了第25圖的P-C載具2,其頸帶加長而用於在 懸掛越過使用者43肩膀而攜帶p-c 1時所改善的舒適度。 再次地,旋轉環84a與84b向上旋轉的位置保證所述p_c 舒適地懸掛。 第27圖說明了固定於P-C的觸控螢幕上之隨選的配件收納 袋46的第26圖之P-C載具配置,從而提供保護蓋以及用於 ^ 攜帶雜項物品的裝置。收納袋46的固定裝置詳見第11圖 與第14圖。 第28圖說明了特殊用途的平板式電腦93的兩個範例(p — c 93a顯示於左邊而P-C 93b顯示於右邊)。本發明的此特 殊用途的P-C具體實施例直接地結合U形擺臂60的安裝裝 置觅所述P-C的結構:將左與右擺臂座94a與94b直接地 模造至所述特殊用途之P_C 93的外殼(而不是使用如上 所述之外殼體對現存的P-C之外殼進行式樣翻新)。P-C 93a說明了如同顯示於.第19圖與第25圖_中具有其擺臂組件 〇 60以及其頸帶組件62被安裝並設置以供使用的所述特殊 用途的P-C (即,左與右鍵713與711:)卡合至左與右水平 抗旋轉滑槽78a與78b)。 本發明的此具體實施例之右手邊範例(第28圖的P—C 93b)為清晰並顯示從p_c 93b分離的擺臂組件60與頸帶 組件62而為爆炸視圖。注意到引起樞轉栓70a、70b以及 抗旋轉鍵71 a、71 b之内側彈簧偏置的左與右侧臂部分 67a與67b的會合。亦注意到模造的擺臂座94a與94b係由 形成至顯示於第17圖的左與右柩轉凸座76a與76b之相同 101117121^單編號 A〇1〇l 第 53 S / 共 142 頁 1013306805-0 201248367 的3個凹口所組成(每個擺臂座係由擺臂樞轉孔、水平抗 旋轉滑槽以及垂直抗旋轉滑槽所組成)。藉由直接地模 造所述座-凹口至特殊用途的P-C 93外殼之左與右侧,所 述安裝樣式翻新的凸座的需求消失(即,整個P-C外殼體 組件61變得多餘的並且因此從本發明的此具體實施例中 消失)。 第29圖說明了顯示於第28圖中爆炸視圖的p-c 93之大規 模細節。右擺臂座係由模造至所述P - C的右側的三個凹口 所組成。右擺臂枢轉孔77b接收右擺臂樞轉栓7〇b。右水 平滑槽78b與右垂直滑槽79b如所需地接收右抗旋轉鍵, 以配置擺臂60至如上所述之各種操作模式„注意:本發 明的此具體實施例要求特殊用途的P-C於内部構置,以容 納左與右座94a與94b以及定位用於未被阻礙存取的資料 埠8。 第30圖說明了用於承載較小型P-C (例如手持「智慧型^ 機」95)的本發明通用具體實施例^ p_c載具2係由如同 不於第17圖之相同的三個基礎元件所組成:ϋ形擺臂怒 件 6〇、ρ 一 ' 外殼體」組件61以及頸帶組件62。為了適 :氣栽智慧型手機(例如p_c Μ)之尺寸(f〇rm 丈actor)斑 , ~使用者界面,外殼體61係由平台96a所組成 用複數尺寸製作以允許P_C 95以橫式定向或直式定向使 具典型2壓爽具97而被暫時地固定於其上表面。所述夾 地定向其係安裝於轉盤96b,轉盤96b允許使用者選擇性 ,从 、C於不同任務。舉例來說:如同顯示於第24檯 右使用者於 l4tm '四處走動時由顯示於網路瀏覽器的GPS動i 1〇111712产單編號A_ ’那麼他們可能選擇將P-C 95如顯示地以水平 第54頁/共142頁 201248367 定向。若他們接著希望使用其p_c的揚聲器功能來打電話 他們可將轉盤96b旋轉90度,以利用電話功能的使用者 介面。在任何時候,使用者可快速地從夾具97移除所述 P-C而用於傳統的手持用途。 平台96a包括上述相同的特殊用途的左與右擺臂座94&與 94b,從而容許擺臂6〇以及其附加的頸帶62安裝於外毂體 61。P-C載具2之此具體實施例從而使智慧型手機(例如 P-C 95)能夠方便地被四處攜帶或如上述的用於各種桌 面或牆面懸掛使用模式。 第31圖說明了載具2的另一具體實施例的兩個範例,其( 像是第28圖的具體實施例)利用了特殊用途的p_c以消除 P-C外殼體組件的需求(左邊範例標示了 p_c 93a以及右 邊範例標示了 P-C 93b)。特殊用途的p-C之此具體實施 例利用具有左與右鳩尾突起98d與98e之U形腹部間隔器 98a,左與右鳩尾突起沿著相配對的形成至特殊用途的 P-C 93a之左與右側的鳩尾凹槽98b與98c滑動(顯示於 第31圖的左侧),而不是使用旋轉至能夠免持穿戴的擺 臂組件(如同顯示於上述的具體實施例)。U形腹部間隔 器98a安裝左與右可旋轉頸帶旋轉環848與841),而用於 如同在上述先前具體實施例種以頸帶組件62使用。 左與右彈簧構件98f與98g卡合至所述旋轉環84a與84b上 的環形槽’從而將它們偏置於經由所述U形腹部間隔器 98a的左與右側臂67a與67b所形成的其各別旋轉孔。所 述左與右頸帶旋轉環包括拉長的旋轉栓87a與87b (不可 見的)’其被軸頸通過所述旋轉孔以及其亦選擇性地卡 合至形成於左與右鳩尾凹槽98b與98c的左與右鎖定孔 1013306805-0 10111712产單編號A〇1〇l 第55頁/共142頁 201248367 98h與98i (亦不可見),從而使所述拉長的旋轉栓能夠 鎖定並且防止U形腹部間隔器98a免於相對於特殊用途的 P-C 93a而滑動。鎖定孔98h與98i沿著其各別的凹槽 98b與98c定位,使得當向内偏置的旋轉環84a與84b被卡 合至其中時,頸帶組件62將P-C 93a懸掛於其平衡點( 即,其像顯示於第24圖的P-C而平衡的懸掛)。當由此鎖 定時,所述侧臂67a與67b被配置使得彎曲的腹部部分63 以及摩擦部分64將P-C 93a從使用者隔開,而用於舒適 的免持操作(如同顯示於第24圖)。 顯示於第31圖右邊的是使用者已經重新配置用於由頸帶 62緊密攜帶的特殊用途的PC之後的P-C 93b (如同在第 25圖中顯示)。為了使U形腹部間隔器98a能夠滑動至此 攜帶配置,使用者於旋轉環84a與84b向外拉,從而自形 成於鳩尾凹槽98b與98c中之平衡點的其各別鎖定孔98h 與98i退出拉長的樞轉栓87a與87b。一旦解除鎖定,旋 轉環84a與84b以及腹部接觸墊64將輕易地滑動至所欲的 攜帶配置中。一旦P-C載具2如顯示地為了攜帶而關閉, 拉長的柩轉栓87a與87b將鎖扣至其完全偏置的位置,從 而防止腹部間隔器9 8 a免於滑動回到顯示於第31圖左邊的 其延伸的P-C 93a配置。 本發明的此滑動具體實施例可如同顯示於第19圖但無擺 臂地被懸掛至牆面,它的其他「支撐支架」功能失去作 用。然而,當重新配置P-C於其第24圖的使用模式以及其 第25圖的使用模式之間時,將U形腹部間隔器98a滑動進 與出P-C 93比旋轉擺臂更容易一些來致動。本發明的此 滑動、特殊用途的具體實施例因此為更合適的用於可穿 10111712产單編號A_ 第56頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 戴式P-c應用方案,其中使用者不需要臨時的桌面部署( 舉例來說:進行運輸的卡車司機或查房的醫院人員)。M J is efficient typing on the virtual keyboard 10. Figure 21 illustrates the P-C carrier of Figure 20 after being configured by rotating its swing arm assembly 60 over 18 degrees. The left and right anti-rotation keys 71a and 71b are re-engaged to the left and right vertical chutes 79a and 79b, thereby locking the swing arm 6'' such that its two side arm portions 67a and 67b are extremely steep on the table top 40. The angle supports the lower portion of the PC 1 in a horizontal orientation. When used in conjunction with an external keyboard placed on the front table (not illustrated), this steep viewing angle is appropriate for viewing images or videos or data entry.颜第51页/共142页1013306805-0 201248367 Figure 22 illustrates the same new orientation of the figure and puts it back on the desktop 4〇 after the p C carrier shown in 21 '篡# 5, so that the swing arm 60 can be used comfortably In a wide range of parts. From the perspective of the horizontal direction, the 23rd figure of the horizontal orientation cut W! illustrates that the y / 'jin orientation and juxtaposition back to the table top 4 显示 is displayed on the 21st support p 5 'the carrier' so that the swing arm 60 is fixed for use in Longitudinal directional shoot C1. In order to provide a right angle support for the p_c (, g〇nal supp0rt), the spacer block 92 is away from the lower side of the body 1 and protrudes from the eccentric volume of the carrier 2 below the side of the PC. When used (not illustrated in the figure), this direct orientation: it is useful to rely on certain display tasks (such as rewarding e-books or word processing). The figure 24 illustrates the P-C carrier 2 having the U-shaped pendulum '60 which is unfolded and locked to the above position #1, so that the user 43 can comfortably move around while operating with both hands. The user trims the length of the neckband assembly 62 and the length of the fresh 6() abdomen contact portion 64 to achieve a fit that is suitable for efficient ergonomic comfort during a mobile computing task. Note: the left and right rotating rings - and 84b are suspended near their balance axis (ie, slightly facing, so the swing arm only needs to provide a small righting moment ' to maintain the desired orientation of the user P_c j. Figure 25 illustrates the c-plant of Figure 24 after its swing arm 60 has been rotated and locked to position #2 (as shown in Figure 18). Note: 180 degrees by rotating the swing arm 'The left and right cantilever portions 84a and 84b become removed from the equilibrium point of the assembly' such that it hangs flatly and comfortably on the user's abdomen during transport. Thus the U-shaped swing arm embodiment provides a comparison No. A0101, page 52 / total I42 page 101117121 10133 201248367 A slightly more efficient weight redistribution provided by the τ-shaped embodiment illustrated in Figure 9. Figure 26 illustrates the PC carrier 2 of Figure 25, The neckband is lengthened for improved comfort when the PC 1 is carried over the shoulder of the user 43. Again, the position in which the rotating rings 84a and 84b are rotated upwards ensures that the p_c is comfortably suspended. Figure 27 illustrates the fixation On the touch screen of a PC The PC carrier of Figure 26 of the optional accessory storage bag 46 is configured to provide a protective cover and means for carrying miscellaneous items. The securing means for the storage bag 46 are shown in Figures 11 and 14. The figure illustrates two examples of a special-purpose tablet computer 93 (p - c 93a is shown on the left and PC 93b is shown on the right). This particular use of the PC embodiment of the present invention directly incorporates the U-shaped swing arm 60 Mounting device 结构 structure of the PC: directly mold the left and right swing arm seats 94a and 94b to the outer casing of the special-purpose P_C 93 (instead of using the outer casing to design the outer casing of the existing PC as described above) Refurbishment. PC 93a illustrates the special purpose PC as shown in Figures 19 and 25 with its swing arm assembly 60 and its neckband assembly 62 being installed and set for use (ie, The left and right keys 713 and 711:) are engaged to the left and right horizontal anti-rotation chutes 78a and 78b). The right handed example of this embodiment of the invention (P-C 93b of Fig. 28) is an exploded view of the swing arm assembly 60 and the neckband assembly 62 separated from the p_c 93b. The convergence of the left and right arm portions 67a and 67b which cause the pivoting pins 70a, 70b and the inner spring biasing of the anti-rotation keys 71a, 71b are noted. It is also noted that the molded swing arm seats 94a and 94b are formed by the same as the left and right swivel projections 76a and 76b shown in Fig. 17, 101117121^Single number A〇1〇l 53 S / 142 pages 1013306805 -0 201248367 consists of three notches (each swing arm seat consists of a swing arm pivot hole, a horizontal anti-rotation chute and a vertical anti-rotation chute). By directly molding the seat-recess to the left and right sides of the PC 93 housing of a special purpose, the need for the mounting style refurbished projections disappears (ie, the entire PC housing assembly 61 becomes redundant and therefore Disappears from this particular embodiment of the invention). Figure 29 illustrates the large scale detail of the p-c 93 shown in the exploded view of Figure 28. The right swing arm seat is composed of three notches molded to the right side of the P-C. The right swing arm pivot hole 77b receives the right swing arm pivot pin 7〇b. The right horizontal chute 78b and the right vertical chute 79b receive the right anti-rotation key as desired to configure the swing arm 60 to various modes of operation as described above. Note: This particular embodiment of the invention requires a special purpose PC. Internally configured to accommodate left and right seats 94a and 94b and for positioning of data 8 for unobstructed access. Figure 30 illustrates the use of a smaller PC (eg, handheld "Smart" 95) The present invention is a general embodiment of the present invention. The p_c carrier 2 is composed of three basic components as in the same manner as in Fig. 17: a squat arm anger member 6A, a ρ-' outer casing assembly 61, and a neckband assembly. 62. In order to fit: the size of the air-powered smart phone (for example, p_c Μ), the user interface, the outer casing 61 is composed of the platform 96a and is made of a plurality of sizes to allow the P_C 95 to be oriented horizontally. Or a straight orientation is provided with a typical 2 pressure suppressor 97 to be temporarily secured to its upper surface. The clip is oriented to be mounted to the turntable 96b, and the turntable 96b allows the user to selectively, from, and to C different tasks. For example: as shown on the 24th right user at the l4tm 'when walking around by the GPS mobile i 1〇111712 produced by the web browser, the order number A_ 'then they may choose to display the PC 95 as horizontal Page 54 of 142 pages 201248367 Orientation. If they then wish to use their p_c speaker function to make a call, they can rotate the turntable 96b by 90 degrees to take advantage of the user interface of the phone function. At any time, the user can quickly remove the P-C from the clamp 97 for conventional handheld use. The platform 96a includes the same special purpose left and right swing arm seats 94 & and 94b described above, thereby allowing the swing arm 6〇 and its additional neck strap 62 to be mounted to the outer hub body 61. This embodiment of the P-C carrier 2 thus enables a smart phone (e.g., the P-C 95) to be conveniently carried around or used in various table or wall hanging usage modes as described above. Figure 31 illustrates two examples of another embodiment of the carrier 2, such as the embodiment of Figure 28, which utilizes a special purpose p_c to eliminate the need for a PC housing assembly (the example on the left indicates P_c 93a and the example on the right indicate PC 93b). This particular embodiment of the pC for special purposes utilizes a U-shaped abdominal spacer 98a having left and right appendix protrusions 98d and 98e, and the left and right appendix protrusions are formed along the pair to form the left and right appendix of the special purpose PC 93a. The grooves 98b and 98c slide (shown on the left side of Fig. 31) instead of using a swing arm assembly that is rotatable to wear (as shown in the specific embodiment described above). The U-shaped abdominal spacer 98a mounts the left and right rotatable neckband rotating rings 848 and 841) for use with the neckband assembly 62 as in the previous specific embodiment described above. The left and right spring members 98f and 98g are engaged to the annular grooves ' on the rotating rings 84a and 84b to bias them to the left and right arms 67a and 67b formed through the U-shaped abdominal spacer 98a. Individual rotating holes. The left and right neckband rotating rings include elongated rotating pins 87a and 87b (not visible) that are journaled through the rotating aperture and that are also selectively snapped into the left and right dovetail grooves Left and right locking holes 98b and 98c 1013306805-0 10111712 Production order number A〇1〇l Page 55 of 142 pages 201248367 98h and 98i (also not visible), so that the elongated rotary bolt can be locked and The U-shaped abdominal spacer 98a is prevented from slipping relative to the PC 93a for special purposes. The locking holes 98h and 98i are positioned along their respective recesses 98b and 98c such that when the inwardly biased rotating rings 84a and 84b are snapped therein, the neckband assembly 62 suspends the PC 93a from its equilibrium point ( That is, it is like a suspension that is balanced by the PC shown in Fig. 24). When thereby locked, the side arms 67a and 67b are configured such that the curved abdominal portion 63 and the friction portion 64 separate the PC 93a from the user for a comfortable hands-free operation (as shown in Figure 24). . Shown to the right of Figure 31 is the P-C 93b (as shown in Figure 25) after the user has reconfigured the PC for special use carried by the neckband 62. In order to enable the U-shaped abdominal spacer 98a to slide to the carrying configuration, the user pulls outwardly on the rotating rings 84a and 84b, thereby withdrawing from their respective locking holes 98h and 98i formed at the balance points in the dovetail grooves 98b and 98c. The elongated pivot pins 87a and 87b. Once unlocked, the rotating rings 84a and 84b and the abdominal contact pad 64 will easily slide into the desired carrying configuration. Once the PC carrier 2 is closed for display as shown, the elongated shackles 87a and 87b will snap to their fully offset positions, thereby preventing the abdominal spacers 9 8 from slipping back to display on page 31. The extended PC 93a configuration on the left side of the figure. This sliding embodiment of the present invention can be suspended to the wall as shown in Figure 19 without the swing arm, and its other "support bracket" functions are lost. However, when the P-C is reconfigured between its use mode of Fig. 24 and its use mode of Fig. 25, it is easier to actuate the U-shaped abdominal spacer 98a into and out of the P-C 93 than to rotate the swing arm. This sliding, special-purpose embodiment of the present invention is therefore more suitable for use in the wearable 10111712 order number A_ page 56 / 142 page 1013306805-0 201248367 wearable Pc application, in which the user does not need temporary Desktop deployment (for example: truck drivers for transport or hospital staff for rounds).

第32圖說明了 pc載具3〇〇之優選具體實施例的各種建置細 節。此爆炸視圖闡明對以上描述的各種部分與組件的次 要改變,並且其使得此具體實施例比起顯示於第17圖的 功能上相同之具體實施例較為有點簡單與便宜的製造。 載具30 0藉由右與左摩擦墊3〇7與3〇8而摩擦地抓握於pC 301的下表面,所述墊典型地由柔軟的矽膠材料形成。將 塾307與308經由矩形背板302而對PC 301擠壓,該背板 係藉由固定至右底座塊3〇3與左底座塊304而钳緊至PC 301 ’所述底座塊藉由右與左夹具凸緣317與318而抓握 於PC 301的頂部表面。背板3〇2包括角落孔309、311、 313以及315,從而使螺絲310、312、314以及316藉由 於所述底座塊的底部形成之螺紋孔的相對應配對(不可 見的)而能夠牢固所述背板至所述底座塊的底部表面。 底座塊303與304的高度是如此的,當固定於背板3〇2時 ’夾具組件摩擦地卡合於PC 301的上與下表面,以形成 用於安裝擺臂組件305的錨結構。 每個右與左底座塊303、304包括外突緣319、320,其形 成用以鎖定擺臂321至上述參考第17圖的穿戴與桌面站立 模式之左與右水平滑槽的上表面。所述右與左滑槽的下 表面係由背板302的上表面於其左與右端形成,從而完成 需要卡合擺臂組件305之栓鎖鍵322與323的水平滑槽。 為了形成需要鎖定擺臂321至其桌面站立模式的右與左垂 直滑槽,所述底座塊包括垂直切口 324與325並且背板 3〇2包括配對的垂直切口 326與327。 1013306805-0 第57頁/共142頁 201248367 將第34圖的載具配置與第17圖的載具配置相較,明顯的 是,組裝底座塊303、304於背板302以抓握PC 301為功 能上等同於組裝抓握板82於樞轉凸座76以抓握PC 1。這 些可穿戴的PC載具組件兩者利用了相同的十字形滑槽配 置,以可選擇地鎖定U形擺臂至其各種使用模式。亦為明 顯的是,當比較第1圖、第17圖與第34圖時,所有三個載 具為相同發明概念的具體實施例:藉此頸帶與可配置的 擺臂組件抓握平板式電腦,使得在一種配置中,於穿戴 時可操作所述PC,並且在另一種配置中可方便地將所述 pc支撐於桌面上。 回頭參考第34圖,一旦背板與底座塊被組裝於PC 301, 由結構形成之十字形滑槽對通過右與左底座塊303、304 的螺紋鉸接栓孔328與329爲對稱的。所述鉸接栓孔接收 鉸接栓330與331的螺紋端,以形成用於旋轉擺臂組件 305的樞轉。每個所述鉸接栓包括蓋部分332 (用於如以 下所述的制動軸向運行擺臂栓鎖鍵的移動)、支承部分 333 (以如下所述的支撐所述栓鎖鍵的旋轉)以及螺紋部 分334 (用於將每個栓固定至其各別底座塊孔328與329 擺臂組件305係由U形擺臂321所組成,其一般地係如同先 前以上所述地塑形。在第32圖之爆炸視圖中,所述擺臂 的向内偏置之右與左侧臂335與336顯示出保持平行而用 於卡合至其各別的底座塊,然而當釋放時,它們將自然 地向内傾斜(如同於第28圖中顯示的)。所述側臂的向 内偏置提供了所需的彈簧力,以自動地安裝右與左栓鎖 鍵322與323至上述所組裝的左與右十字形滑槽。為了有 1013306805-0 10111712产單編號A〇1〇l 第58頁/共142頁 201248367 效率的製造,擺臂組件係典型地”⑽形成,以產生 分離的检鎖鍵322 ' 323被固定u形擺臂321。所述擺臂 之腹部接觸部分係典型地以高摩_料塗布,以改善穿 戴時=操作穩定性。從金屬機械製造或以塑膠射出所產 生之早片擺臂亦為合適的製造技術(未於圖式說明)。 為清晰起見,亦參考第32圖之「細節c」_,u形擺臂 321的每個側臂335、336具有兩個間隔開的孔μ、州 用;如上述參考第17圖而固定右與左检鎖鍵322、如 於其平衡貞賴㈣優選位置。軸所述㈣鍵,而用 :卡。至上述之十子形滑槽的水平或垂直通道。每個检 賴包括接近每-端__定裝置,其可由通過擺臂 固疋孔341、342以及栓鎖鍵固定孔如、奶而卡合螺检 339的螺帽34G所組成。若所述栓鎖鍵由注模的塑料製造 ’那麼可使㈣紋插人件替代圖式說明的螺帽340。此螺 栓上的栓鎖鍵配置比顯示於第17圖之先前按縣合的擺 臂構造更容易被製造的。Figure 32 illustrates various construction details of a preferred embodiment of the pc carrier. This exploded view clarifies minor changes to the various parts and components described above, and it makes this particular embodiment somewhat simpler and less expensive to manufacture than the functionally identical embodiments shown in Figure 17. The carrier 30 is frictionally gripped by the lower surface of the pC 301 by right and left friction pads 3〇7 and 3〇8, which are typically formed of a soft silicone material. The 塾307 and 308 are pressed against the PC 301 via the rectangular back plate 302, which is clamped to the PC 301 by fixing to the right base block 3〇3 and the left base block 304. The top surface of the PC 301 is grasped with the left clamp flanges 317 and 318. The back plate 3〇2 includes corner holes 309, 311, 313, and 315 such that the screws 310, 312, 314, and 316 can be secured by the corresponding pairing (invisible) of the threaded holes formed at the bottom of the base block. The back plate is to a bottom surface of the base block. The height of the base blocks 303 and 304 is such that the clamp assembly is frictionally engaged with the upper and lower surfaces of the PC 301 when secured to the backing plate 3〇2 to form an anchor structure for mounting the swing arm assembly 305. Each of the right and left base blocks 303, 304 includes outer flanges 319, 320 that define an upper surface for locking the swing arm 321 to the left and right horizontal chutes of the wear and table standing modes of reference above. The lower surfaces of the right and left chutes are formed by the upper surface of the back plate 302 at their left and right ends, thereby completing the horizontal chutes that require the latching keys 322 and 323 of the swing arm assembly 305 to be engaged. To form right and left vertical chutes that require locking of the swing arm 321 to its table standing mode, the base block includes vertical cuts 324 and 325 and the backing plate 3〇2 includes mating vertical cuts 326 and 327. 1013306805-0 Page 57 of 142 201248367 Comparing the vehicle configuration of Figure 34 with the vehicle configuration of Figure 17, it is apparent that the base blocks 303, 304 are assembled to the backplane 302 to grip the PC 301. Functionally equivalent to assembling the grip plate 82 to the pivoting projection 76 to grasp the PC 1. Both of these wearable PC carrier assemblies utilize the same cross-shaped chute configuration to selectively lock the U-shaped swing arms to their various modes of use. It is also apparent that when comparing Figures 1, 17, and 34, all three carriers are specific embodiments of the same inventive concept: the neckband and the configurable swing arm assembly grip the panel The computer is such that in one configuration, the PC can be operated while being worn, and in another configuration the pc can be conveniently supported on a desktop. Referring back to Fig. 34, once the backing plate and the base block are assembled to the PC 301, the cross-shaped chute formed by the structure is symmetrical about the threaded hinge holes 328 and 329 passing through the right and left base blocks 303, 304. The hinged pin holes receive the threaded ends of the hinge pins 330 and 331 to form a pivot for rotating the swing arm assembly 305. Each of the hinge bolts includes a cover portion 332 (for movement of the swing arm pivoting key as described below), a support portion 333 (supporting rotation of the latch key as described below), and Threaded portion 334 (for securing each peg to its respective base block apertures 328 and 329. Swing arm assembly 305 is comprised of U-shaped swing arms 321 which are generally shaped as previously described above. In the exploded view of Figure 32, the inwardly offset right and left arms 335 and 336 of the swing arm are shown to remain parallel for engagement to their respective base blocks, however when released, they will naturally The ground is tilted inward (as shown in Figure 28). The inward biasing of the side arms provides the required spring force to automatically mount the right and left latching keys 322 and 323 to the assembled Left and right cross-shaped chutes. In order to have 1013306805-0 10111712 order number A〇1〇l page 58 / 142 pages 201248367 efficiency manufacturing, the swing arm assembly is typically "10" formed to create a separate check lock The key 322 ' 323 is fixed to the u-shaped swing arm 321 . The abdomen contact portion of the swing arm is typical The ground is coated with high friction material to improve the wear stability = operational stability. The early arm swing arm produced by metal mechanical manufacturing or plastic injection is also a suitable manufacturing technology (not illustrated). For the sake of clarity Referring also to "detail c" in Fig. 32, each side arm 335, 336 of the u-shaped swing arm 321 has two spaced apart apertures μ, for use in the state; fixed right and left check as described above with reference to Figure 17 The lock key 322, as it is balanced, depends on (4) the preferred position. The axis (4) key, and the card: the horizontal or vertical channel to the above-mentioned ten-shaped chute. Each check includes close to each end __ The fixing device can be composed of a nut 34G that is engaged with the thread check 339 through the swing arm fixing holes 341, 342 and the latching key fixing hole, for example, milk. If the latching key is made of injection molded plastic, then The (four) insert can be replaced by the illustrated nut 340. The latching configuration on the bolt is easier to manufacture than the previously constructed swing arm configuration shown in Figure 17.

10111712^ 每個侧臂335、336包括樞轉栓進出孔m,其在其鍵固 定孔34卜342之間的中途被刺穿。所述進出孔的直徑為 夠大的而容許_栓33Q、331的頭部部分咖自由地通 過。每個栓鎖鍵322、323亦包括在載具300的組裝期間 樞轉栓330、331通過的樞轉栓支承孔338。拖轉检支承 孔338具有小直徑部分(於細節c中顯示)以及大直徑部 分(於左栓鎖鍵323上亦被編號為338 )。_检支承孔 338亦在第4Q圖與第41圖以隱藏線段顯示。孔338之所述 小直徑部分係祕可旋轉地切所㈣轉拾的支承部聊 ,並且將所述大直徑部分反向地鑽孔至容許#向内偏置 A0101 第59頁/共U2頁 1013306805-0 201248367 的侧臂335、336被使用者拉離以解除用於旋轉的擺臂 321時所述樞轉栓的大直徑頭部部分3 32阻止所述栓鎖鍵 通行的深度。為了以其四個定向的任一者重新鎖定所述 擺臂,使用者僅鬆弛張力以容許所述側臂的向内偏置推 進所述栓鎖鍵至所述左與右十字形滑槽的任一正交通道 〇 每個側臂335、336具有位於接近其前端的頸帶固定孔 343、344。在其優選的具體實施例中,頸帶組件3〇6係 由左與右頸帶繩345、346組成,每個繩經由固定孔 、3 4 4而於一端被固定至其各別侧臂,並且於其另一端被 C"》 固定至右與左繩長度調整夹345、346 (左夾不可見)。 如上參考第17圖所述者,經由鬆開所述調整器,所述左 與右繩可調整有效的頸帶長度來滿足使用者需求。繩345 、346典型地為尼龍「降落傘」繩索,其首先通過其各別 的貼身固定孔然後熔化以形成圓頭347,當圓頭347固化 時防止所述繩末端被退出。另—方面,若頸帶亦可用以 穿戴載具300之更傳統的風格❶重曼.的頸帶繩部分Ms、10111712^ Each of the side arms 335, 336 includes a pivot pin access hole m that is pierced midway between its key fixing holes 34b. The diameter of the inlet and outlet holes is large enough to allow the head portions of the yokes 33Q, 331 to pass freely. Each latch key 322, 323 also includes a pivot pin support aperture 338 through which the pivot pins 330, 331 pass during assembly of the carrier 300. The drag bearing aperture 338 has a small diameter portion (shown in detail c) and a large diameter portion (also numbered 338 on the left latch key 323). The _ inspection support hole 338 is also shown in hidden lines in the 4th and 41st views. The small diameter portion of the hole 338 is rotatably cut (4) the retracted support portion, and the large diameter portion is bored in reverse to allow the #inward bias A0101 page 59 / total U2 page The lateral arm 335, 336 of 1013306805-0 201248367 is pulled away by the user to release the swing arm 321 for rotation when the large diameter head portion 3 32 of the pivot pin blocks the depth of passage of the latch key. To relock the swing arm in either of its four orientations, the user only relaxes the tension to allow the inward biasing of the side arms to advance the latch key to the left and right cross-shaped chutes. Each of the orthogonal passages 〇, each of the side arms 335, 336 has a neckband fixing hole 343, 344 located near its front end. In its preferred embodiment, the neckband assembly 3〇6 is comprised of left and right neck straps 345, 346, each of which is secured to its respective side arm at one end via a fixing aperture, 34. And at the other end is fixed by C" to the right and left rope length adjustment clips 345, 346 (the left clip is not visible). As described above with reference to Figure 17, by loosening the adjuster, the left and right cords can adjust the effective neckband length to meet user needs. The cords 345, 346 are typically nylon "parachute" cords that are first melted through their respective body-fitted holes and then melted to form a rounded head 347 that prevents the end of the cord from being withdrawn as the rounded head 347 solidifies. On the other hand, if the neckband can also be used to wear the more traditional style of the carrier 300, the neckband portion Ms of

346跨過使用者的頸部後方並且典型地通過—軟套35〇, CJ 以改善舒適度並且當繩滑動以調整整體長度時促進平順 的運作。頸帶套350可包括分開的内部繩通道,以防止繩 345、346摩擦彼此,並且更平均地分散負載於使用者頸 部。 第33圖說明了使用者353運送可拆卸的、織布袋組件354 内的平板式電腦(PC) 301與pC載具30〇。所述袋子係由 作為配上去稱大的(i〇ose-fitting)套子之主袋犯6 所組成’其往上滑動並覆蓋於所述pc之上,以及固定於 1〇imi2产單編號A0101 第6〇頁/共地頁 1013306805-0 201248367 所述主袋的開口上之關閉蓋355,從而將所述代封閉於保 護袋中。繩345、346從所述袋子内退去’從而使頸帶組 件306亦能夠在所述PC之運送期間作為所述袋子的承載吊 帶。蓋子355使用Velcro™或其他合適的磁性或機械性鎖 扣封閉件(不可見),以保持所述蓋子於主袋356正面關 閉。由於所述蓋子稍寬於頸帶繩345、346之間的距離, 空隙狹縫358係典型地切至所述蓋子,以防止布料打摺在 一起。儲存袋357係典型地在主袋356正面提供,以讓使 用者亦能夠與其PC攜帶配件或雜項物品。儲存袋357可能 是一半高度(如同圖式說明),使得可得到其内容物而 不用開啟蓋子355。替代地’收納袋357可以與主袋356 相同高度(未於圖式說明),其中外殼蓋355固定於所述 收納袋正面。 第34圖說明了其已被部分地重新配置以使pc能夠被操作 之後的第33圖之袋組件354。蓋子355已從主袋356正面 被拆卸並且往後折疊,從而容許整傭袋組件354從載具 300落開並且被繫繩359懸掛。一半高度的附件袋357與 從其伸出之Apple™藍芽鍵盤360被顯示出來,從而促進 以PC (例如Apple iPad™)的桌面使用。將左與右繫繩 359固定於主袋356的左與右邊的内側並且纏繞在U形擺臂 321的侧臂四周,以防止所述袋組件掉落到地面。所述繫 繩典型地由可沿著所述侧臂輕易地滑動的彈性帶所形成 。將每個環使用鉚接钮扣、Velcro™或類似的封閉件輕易 地固定或拆卸。所述環的開口是夠大的’使得它們可輕 易地沿著所述擺臂之側臂滑動,並且是夠長的’使得底 座塊303、304不能避免所述載具組件被完全地插入至所 10111712产單編號麵1 第61頁/共I42頁 10133( 201248367 述袋子中(如同第33圖顯示的)。 第35圖㈣了在載具3GQ被轉開而用於%謝的行動使 用並且Ά件354已、纟續由向前滑動左與右繫繩359直到 它們鄰接到底座塊303、304處而重新定位良好平衡之後 之第34圖的裝置^注意:若使用者定位擺臂如以朝向使 用者而向下傾斜,那麼蘩繩之袋子⑸將傾向朝向使用者 的腹部滑動並且使_㈣具失去平衡。為了防止此類 不澳的不穩疋發生,使用者可將繫繩套環359關口掛於 “各別的側’335、336的前端上;從而防止沉重的袋子The 346 spans the back of the user's neck and typically passes through a soft sleeve 35〇, CJ to improve comfort and facilitate smooth operation as the rope slides to adjust the overall length. The neckband sleeve 350 can include separate inner cord passages to prevent the cords 345, 346 from rubbing against each other and more evenly distributing the load on the user's neck. Figure 33 illustrates the user 353 transporting the tablet computer (PC) 301 and the pC carrier 30 within the detachable weave bag assembly 354. The bag is composed of a main bag 6 which is a pair of i〇ose-fitting sleeves, which slides up and covers the pc, and is fixed to the 1 imi2 production order number A0101. Page 6/Total Page 1013306805-0 201248367 The cover 355 is closed on the opening of the main bag to enclose the generation in the protective bag. The cords 345, 346 are retracted from the bag so that the neckband assembly 306 can also act as a carrying strap for the bag during transport of the PC. The cover 355 uses a VelcroTM or other suitable magnetic or mechanical lock closure (not visible) to hold the cover closed at the front of the main bag 356. Since the cover is slightly wider than the distance between the neck straps 345, 346, the void slits 358 are typically cut to the cover to prevent the fabric from being folded together. A storage bag 357 is typically provided on the front of the main bag 356 to allow the user to carry accessories or miscellaneous items with their PC. The storage bag 357 may be half height (as illustrated) so that its contents are available without opening the lid 355. Alternatively, the storage bag 357 can be the same height as the main bag 356 (not illustrated), with the outer cover 355 being secured to the front side of the storage bag. Figure 34 illustrates the bag assembly 354 of Figure 33 after it has been partially reconfigured to enable the pc to be operated. The cover 355 has been removed from the front of the main bag 356 and folded back to allow the entire package component 354 to fall out of the carrier 300 and be suspended by the tether 359. A half-height accessory pouch 357 is displayed with the AppleTM Bluetooth keyboard 360 extending therefrom to facilitate desktop use on a PC (eg, Apple iPadTM). The left and right tethers 359 are fixed to the inner sides of the left and right sides of the main bag 356 and wrapped around the side arms of the U-shaped swing arm 321 to prevent the bag assembly from falling to the ground. The tether is typically formed from an elastic band that is easily slidable along the side arms. Each ring is easily secured or detached using riveted buttons, VelcroTM or similar closures. The openings of the rings are large enough that they can easily slide along the side arms of the swing arm and are long enough that the base blocks 303, 304 cannot prevent the carrier assembly from being fully inserted into 10111712 production order number surface 1 page 61 / total I42 page 10133 (201248367 in the bag (as shown in Figure 33). Figure 35 (d) in the vehicle 3GQ was turned away for the use of % thank you and The device 354 has been, subsequently, rotated from the left and right tethers 359 until they are adjacent to the base blocks 303, 304 and repositioned after a good balance. Figure 34: Note: If the user positions the swing arm, Tilting downward toward the user, the bag (5) of the reel will tend to slide towards the user's abdomen and make the _(4) out of balance. To prevent this kind of instability, the user can tether the tether The 359 is hung on the front of the "different side" 335, 336; thus preventing heavy bags

從底座塊303、304朝向使用者滑開。用於料所述繫繩 的開如何可被伸展以掛於所述侧臂之前端參見第3 6圖 的細節A 〇 ‘使用者353希望將其Pc放回到袋子354而用於運送時 他們僅顛倒上述的過程,以提起並且滑動主袋挪於被 疊的載具3GG與關閉蓋355之上。接著可將被包住的 及載具如同顯示於第33圖地攜帶於正面或者如同顯示方 第27圖地懸掛於肩膀上。Sliding away from the base blocks 303, 304 toward the user. How the opening of the tether can be stretched to hang from the front end of the side arm. See Detail A of Figure 3 〇 'User 353 wants to put their Pc back into the bag 354 for transport when they are Only the above process is reversed to lift and slide the main bag over the stacked carrier 3GG and the closure cover 355. The wrapped and carrier can then be carried on the front as shown in Figure 33 or suspended from the shoulder as shown in Figure 27.

1013306805-0 /主意開啟或關閉載具3{)α的最快以及最具人體工學效 的方法係如同下述者。為了從顯示於第34圖之完全折^ 的配置開啟所述栽具,使用者首先以他們的指尖抓取招 臂的側臂,然後將PC向前傾斜,使得其觸控榮幕朝心 定向。此旋轉繼續通過水平面,直到擺臂的樞轉㈣f 地低於PC的重心,從而儲存用於旋轉向前傾斜之平板g 位能。使用者再於兩個側臂向外拉,以釋放擺臂的鎖戈 機制’從而使重力能夠旋轉所述PC通過⑽度的旋轉 因此其可被鎖定至顯示於第35圖之完全開啟的配置, 1〇_2产單編號歷 第故頁/共⑷頁 , 201248367 後重新定位以求舒適。一旦重力驅動的旋轉已開始,使 用者釋放擺臂上的側壓’使得當旋轉至其90度或180度鎖 定定向時其栓鎖鍵可自動地再卡合至其各別的滑槽内。 為了關閉所述載具而回到其折疊配置,使用者顛倒上述 的順序,經由向上傾斜載具,使得PC的重心為實質地高 於擺臂的旋轉軸。使用者再釋放擺臂的鎖定機制,使得 重力將其旋轉回顯示於第34圖之折疊配置。 第36圖說明了輔助的肩膀吊帶的用途,其將重量從使用 者頸部轉移至其肩膀,而用於長時間使用期間改善的舒 適度。為了適當地了解所述吊帶的構造與操作,應該結 合第36圖來觀看第37、38與39圖。肩膀吊帶361是類似 於用以形成頸帶306的一段繩索,所述繩索被形成以包含 左肩環套362以及右肩環套363,每個在一點結合在一起 ,以形成如下所述參考第37圖之大體上「第8圖的形狀」 若支承於其頸部後面的PC 301之重量變得權人,那麼使 用者353可穿上支撐吊帶361 ’略如同他們穿一件襯衫( 左臂通過左環套362,以及右臂通過右環套363 )。第38 圖顯示一旦所述肩膀吊帶被穿上時使用者的背部。第36 圖的細節A説明了左環套3 6 2如何被掛在左邊侧臂3 3 6的前 端(右環套363係類似地掛於右側臂335的前端),從而 將由頸帶306與繩子345、346先前支承的重量向前轉移 於肩膀吊帶361以及使用者的腹部。為確保適當的重量轉 移,將環套362與環套363的尺寸調整得夠小,使得其負 載的二角形狀元全地支樓重量並且造成顯帶繩345、346 稍微放鬆地懸掛(所述未負載的頸帶形成一細長的鍵狀 1013306805-0 10111712产單編號A0101 第63頁/共142頁 201248367 物(catenary),其在圖式中不可見)。 第37圖說明當將第36圖的肩膀吊帶放平時(而非穿戴於 使用者肩膀與背部)的視圖。用以組裝所述书帶的繩索 在其中點具有小的打結環套3 6 4 ’從而提供用於調敕产套 362、363的尺寸而與使用者適當合身的裝置。左與右二周 整環套365、366係經由所述中央環套364所形成,使得 左與右長度調整器367、368可在其各別的大環套上於各 種位置被夾住,以調節其尺寸。 第38圖說明了當穿戴時第36圖之肩膀吊帶361的後視圖。 由於先前經由頸帶套350施加於其頸部的負栽現在經由左 與右吊帶環套362、363而被轉移至他們的肩膀以及背部 ,使用者3 5 3享受改善的舒適度。 第39圖說明了當穿戴時第36圖之肩膀吊帶361的側視圖。 若調整左與右吊帶環套362、363得夠小以減緩所有頸帶 壓力’那麼頸帶的繩子將放鬆地懸掛(未顯示)。使用 者的手可經由穿過或在環套362、363下而使用PC 3〇1。 吊帶361的支撐幾何改善了舒適度並且當使用者快速轉彎 時亦大大地增加PC 301的一側至一側的穩定性。 第40圖為與顯示於第28圖之具體實施例類似的本發明之 另一OEM或是「整合」的具體實施例之爆炸視圖。在兩個 具體實施例中,所述滑槽係直接結合至特別地建造之PC 369的外罩372 ’而不是如同顯示於第32圖地利用被夾裝 至現存的PC之十字形滑槽,從而提供了較簡單的以及視 覺上更具吸引力的裝置。PC 369包括PC外罩372、所述 外罩具有左與右共軸的框轉栓固定孔371,每個樞轉栓固 定扎被對稱地放在左與右十字形滑槽370的底部中心,其 1〇m712产單編號删1 第64頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 内凹至所述外罩的左與右側。所述枢轉栓固定孔接收枢 轉栓330的螺紋部分334,從而提供安裝與操作擺臂組件 305所需要的樞轉與鎖定裝置。 擺臂組件305係大體上如同上述參考第32圖被包含並且配 置。然而,在缺乏由PC之侧邊突出之夾裝式底座塊的情 況下’所述擺臂安裝以迫使其側臂335、336旋轉地太接 近外罩372的邊緣,導致使用者無法抓取如同上述操作擺 臂結構的所述側臂。因此,為提供足夠的PC指狀間隙以 如同上述地被快速開啟與關閉,第40圖之OEM具體實施例1013306805-0 / The quickest and most ergonomic method of turning the vehicle 3{)α on or off is as follows. In order to open the device from the configuration shown in Figure 34, the user first grabs the side arm of the arm with their fingertips and then tilts the PC forward so that the touch is facing the center. Orientation. This rotation continues through the horizontal plane until the pivoting of the swing arm (four) f is lower than the center of gravity of the PC, thereby storing the potential energy of the plate for rotating forward tilt. The user then pulls outwardly on both side arms to release the lock mechanism of the swing arm' so that gravity can rotate the PC through a (10) degree of rotation so that it can be locked to the fully open configuration shown in Figure 35 , 1〇_2 Production order number calendar page / total (4) page, 201248367 reposition for comfort. Once the gravity driven rotation has begun, the user releases the side pressure on the swing arm so that the latch key automatically re-engages into its respective chute when rotated to its 90 or 180 degree locked orientation. In order to close the carrier and return to its folded configuration, the user reverses the above sequence by tilting the carrier upwards such that the center of gravity of the PC is substantially higher than the axis of rotation of the swing arm. The user then releases the locking mechanism of the swing arm such that gravity rotates it back into the folded configuration shown in Figure 34. Figure 36 illustrates the use of an auxiliary shoulder harness that transfers weight from the user's neck to its shoulder for improved comfort during prolonged use. In order to properly understand the construction and operation of the sling, Figures 37, 38 and 39 should be viewed in conjunction with Figure 36. The shoulder harness 361 is similar to a length of rope used to form the neckband 306, the cord being formed to include a left shoulder collar 362 and a right shoulder collar 363, each joined together at one point to form a reference 37 as described below The figure generally has the shape of Fig. 8. If the weight of the PC 301 supported behind the neck becomes the right person, the user 353 can put on the support sling 361 'slightly as they wear a shirt (the left arm passes The left loop sleeve 362, and the right arm pass the right loop sleeve 363). Figure 38 shows the back of the user once the shoulder harness is worn. Detail A of Figure 36 illustrates how the left loop sleeve 3 6 2 is hung from the front end of the left side arm 3 3 6 (the right loop sleeve 363 is similarly hung from the front end of the right arm 335) so that the neck strap 306 and the cord will be The previously supported weight of 345, 346 is transferred forward to the shoulder harness 361 and the user's abdomen. To ensure proper weight transfer, the size of the collar 362 and the collar 363 are adjusted to be small enough that the load of the two-sided shape element is the total weight of the floor and causes the tapes 345, 346 to hang slightly loosely (the unloaded The neckband forms an elongated key shape 1013306805-0 10111712 production order number A0101 page 63 / 142 pages 201248367 (catenary, which is not visible in the drawing). Figure 37 illustrates a view when the shoulder strap of Figure 36 is laid flat (rather than worn on the shoulder and back of the user). The cord for assembling the book strip has a small knotted loop sleeve 3 6 4 ' at its midpoint to provide a means for adjusting the size of the sleeves 362, 363 to fit properly with the user. The left and right two-week full ring sleeves 365, 366 are formed via the central loop sleeve 364 such that the left and right length adjusters 367, 368 can be clamped at various positions on their respective large loop sleeves to Adjust its size. Figure 38 illustrates a rear view of the shoulder harness 361 of Figure 36 when worn. Since the load previously applied to the neck thereof via the neck band 350 is now transferred to their shoulders and back via the left and right sling loops 362, 363, the user enjoys improved comfort. Figure 39 illustrates a side view of the shoulder harness 361 of Figure 36 when worn. If the left and right sling loops 362, 363 are adjusted to be small enough to relieve all neckband pressures, then the neckband's rope will hang loosely (not shown). The user's hand can use PC 3〇1 by passing through or under the loops 362,363. The support geometry of the sling 361 improves comfort and greatly increases the stability of the side 1-3 of the PC 301 when the user makes a quick turn. Figure 40 is an exploded view of another embodiment of the invention or "integration" of the present invention similar to the embodiment shown in Figure 28. In two specific embodiments, the chute is directly bonded to the outer cover 372' of the specially constructed PC 369 rather than utilizing the cross-shaped chute that is clamped to the existing PC as shown in Figure 32, thereby Provides a simpler and visually more attractive device. The PC 369 includes a PC housing 372 having left and right coaxial frame bolt fixing holes 371, each of which is symmetrically placed at the center of the bottom of the left and right cross-shaped chutes 370, 1 〇m712 Production Order No. 1 Page 64 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 Recessed to the left and right sides of the cover. The pivot pin securing aperture receives the threaded portion 334 of the pivot pin 330 to provide the pivoting and locking means required to mount and operate the swing arm assembly 305. The swing arm assembly 305 is generally included and configured as described above with reference to Figure 32. However, in the absence of a clip-on base block that protrudes from the side of the PC, the swing arm is mounted to force its side arms 335, 336 to rotate too close to the edge of the outer cover 372, causing the user to be unable to grasp as described above. The side arms of the swing arm structure are operated. Therefore, in order to provide sufficient PC finger gap to be quickly opened and closed as described above, the OEM embodiment of Fig. 40

D i 提供了延伸的栓鎖鍵373,所述栓鎖鍵具有足夠的深度以 卡合至十字形滑槽370,並且亦於擺臂結構的操作期間將 其附加的側臂335、336從外殼372的邊緣間隔開大約JT 的指狀間隙。 OEM栓鎖鍵373為較短深度之栓鎖鍵322的延伸版本,其 用於顯示於第32圖之夾裝式具體實施例。中央栓鎖鍵孔 338包括窄直徑部分(用於支撐枢轉栓330的支承部分 333 )以及較寬的直徑部分(寒使所述枢轉栓的頭部部分 332能夠如同上述第32圖地在所述栓鎖鍵内行進)。栓鎖 鍵373包括螺紋固定孔351、352,用於使用符合至固定 孔341、342之螺栓339而將所述鍵固定於側臂335。OEM 栓鎖鍵373的深度對於包含孔338之整體反向鑽孔部分是 夠深的,因此不需要顯示於第32圖之側臂進出孔337。安 裝擺臂組件係以首先經由將栓330旋至孔371中而將鍵 373固定至PC外罩372,其後使用螺栓339將側臂335固定 至所述鍵而實現。左側臂3 3 6被類似地組裝於外殼3 7 2的 1013306805-0 左側(不可見)。如同在第32圖中,頸帶繩345、346係 101117121^單編號A0101 第65頁/共142頁 201248367 經由位於接近側臂33 5、336前端之孔34、344而固定。 OEM PC 369以及其可拆卸的擺臂組件305係獨立地適於 銷售的產品。使用者可先購買具有策略性地定位之側固 定孔的PC,而用於如同上述地安裝擺臂,然後以它們將 是的傳統的、手持的PC而使用它。其pc可隨後以擺臂305 升級,以提供可穿戴性以及桌面站立功能。當以傳統的 、非穿戴式的PC使用時’為了提供更傳統的外觀,可包 括並且插入適當地形成之裝飾性插頭’以隱蔽左與右滑 槽370以及擺臂固定孔371。 第41圖說明了另一OEM具體實施例,其類似於顯示於第28 圖與第40圖中的那些但更好地適應於使用非常薄的pc。 隨著PC科技進展’外殼372的厚度可能變得太小以致使足 夠堅固的十字形滑槽37〇不能被内凹至其左與右侧。美學 的理由亦要求OEM外罩的内建擺臂座比顯示於第4〇圖之大 型滑槽更為不可見。因此,當插入至適當形成的滑槽時 ,將PC 374以具有適合用於作為栓鎖鍵之薄的矩形邊緣 輪廓之外罩377來配置。所述pc外罩包括左與右固定孔 378 (左孔不可見)’所述孔為同軸並且位於關聯於之 重心,使得其共用軸可如同上述的將擺臂3〇5樞轉至其各 種平衡的與不平衡的使用模式。所述左與右固定孔378典 型地刻有螺紋以接收樞轉栓33〇之螺紋固定部分334,然 而可使用「卡榫固定架(bay〇net m〇unt)」固定以 增加可從阢374安裝或拆除擺臂305的容易性。當其隨 選的擺臂與頸帶組件尚未安裝到pc外罩377時,可將裝飾 性插頭(未於圖式說明)插入至孔378,以提供更好的外 觀0 第66頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 擺臂組件305包括左與右鎖接式(bolt-on)滑槽塊375 (左滑槽塊不可見)^每個滑槽塊375包括具有於薄PC外 殼377邊緣形成而用於鎖定卡合的水平與垂直通道的十字 形凹口 376 (參見第45圖以觀看無隱藏線的所述滑槽塊) 。每個滑槽塊375包括使用安裝通過固定孔341、342之 螺栓339而用於固定所述塊至側臂335、336的螺紋固定 孔351、352。所述滑槽塊包括具有窄直徑部分(用於支 標樞轉栓330的支承部分333 )以及較寬直徑部分(當使 用者向外拉來對抗偏置的侧臂335之内部壓力,以釋放用 於旋轉的所述擺臂時,其使所述樞轉栓的頭部部分332能 夠轴向運動並且阻止所述塊的向外行進)兩者的中央孔 338 β進出孔337使用螺絲起子或艾檢.内六角扳手( A1 len key )而能夠簡易的安裝或移除抱轉栓mo。經由 容許所述樞轉栓的頭部332突出穿過其侧臂(參見第铛圖 ),進出孔337亦有效地加長樞轉栓33〇相關於其滑槽塊 375的轴向行程;從而確保足夠的動作範圍,以在其動作 被安裝於孔338之大直徑部分底部的頭部332阻止之前, 從PC 377的邊緣完全地解開十字形滑槽376。 第42圖說明了以橫式定向懸掛於牆面379的載具3〇〇與1>(: 301。第一與第二牆面掛鉤380、381被間隔開而用於卡 合至擺臂321的彎曲部分。注意:所述掛鉤可於擺臂321 的變部被更接近地間隔在-起,並且仍然讓使用者能夠 準確地定向PC 301至其橫向觀看模式。 第43圖說明了以直式定向懸掛於牆面379的載具3〇〇與% 30卜第-與第二牆面掛鉤380、381被間隔開而用於卡 合至擺臂321的直側臂部分。注意:所述掛鉤可較所顯示 10111712产^編號A0101 第67頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 地更靠近地間隔,並且仍然提供用於直式觀看PC 301的 有效支撑。 第44圖說明了使用配件支架382而於桌面上以直式定向支 撐的載具300。直向支架382係由大體上矩形的平台所組 成,其可隨選地具有如同顯示之為了輕量的裁切後方部 分。所述平台是夠厚的而包含橫過其前表面的擺臂卡合 插槽383,其按尺寸製作並定向,使得擺臂321的任一側 臂緊密地安裝至所述插槽而用於桌面上的穩定支撐。 第45圖說明了當被配置用於與較小的平板式電腦整合時 之第41圖的OEM具體實施例。先前的圖示顯示出具有10” 對角線觸控螢幕的較大型PC。在第45圖中的較小型PC 301具有7”對角線觸控螢幕以及相對應地較小的外殼377 。為了避免擺臂321的寬度對於良好人體工學相符於其使 用者腹部來說太窄,右與左側臂335、336包括向内地成 錐形之臂部分384、385,其使較小型PC在維持舒適的人 體工學時能夠與本發明相符。 顯示於第30圖之具體實施例亦旨在實現小型PC的可穿戴 性。那個具體實施例使用通用夾具以可旋轉地固定小型 PC至實現其可穿戴性所需的擺臂與頸帶上。第30圖之通 用PC載具平台亦可與顯示於第45圖之擺臂鎖定機構結合 (未於圖式說明)。 第46圖說明了當被使用於與頸帶擴張器結合以增加觸控 螢幕的使用性時之第45圖之整合的(「OEM」)具體實施 例。將載具300安裝至小型PC 301將通常地造成右與左 頸帶繩393與394之間非常窄的距離,從而防止使用者的 手輕易地接近其觸控螢幕的所有區域,可提供並且如同 10111712产單編號應01 第68頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 顯示地安裝擴張器386,以有效地增加裝置的寬度並且提 供更大的手部移動之橫向空間。在其最簡單的具體實施 例中,擴張器386係由具有右與左繩切口 387與388的一 段平坦材料所組成。當想要更大的觸控螢幕使用性時, 使用者將擴張器386對PC 301的背面置放,接著從其耦 合點40 5、406通過其各別的切口 387、388而水平地將繩 子393、394改定路線,使得當卡合至所述切口時,所述 繩子之間的距離變得夠大,使得每隻手可輕易地接近觸 控螢幕所有位置。針對緊密的收納,可將擴充器386鉸接 於中間或者具插座式的、兩部分之構造(未顯示)。 第47圖為一具體實施例的爆炸視圖,其結合類似於在第 30圖顯不的轉盤結構以及類似於在第31圖顯示的伸縮地 縮回身體支架(body-standoff)結構。pc 301為一小 型的智慧型手機」,其可經由合身的、可釋放的支架 389而被輕易地固定或從载具3〇〇釋放。pc支架389係可 經由通過安裝孔407所安裝之掣止栓凸座391以及以「波 0 狀墊圈」392偏置之彈簧而旋轉地安裝於背板39〇,從而 讓使用者能夠可靠地旋轉PC 301至相關於背板39〇之直 式或橫定向。 老板390裝有右與左身體支架桿398與399可選擇性地滑 動通過之右與左支柱滑動管4〇〇與4〇1。桿398與399可經 由例如切口 404的裝置而對滑動進行鎖定,該切口使右頸 帶Μ合點406能夠卡合至右滑動管4〇〇 (左支架桿则類 似地在其完全地延伸的支架長度為可鎖定的)。使用摩 擦力以鎖定所述桿於任何想要的延伸件之其他長度固定 裝置對本領域實作的技術人員而言將是顯而易見的。為 10111712产單編號Α〇101 第69頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 了在使用者的軀幹上提供舒適的、高度摩擦卡合,發泡 體墊腳402、403覆蓋桿398、399的末端。為了完成載具 300 ’由繩子393、394、右與左長度調整器395、396以 及頸帶套397所組成的可調整頸帶於耦合點4〇5、4〇6被 固定於所述桿。 在一個優選的使用模式中,按尺寸製作並配置上述載具 3〇〇 ’使得當將桿398、399以其最完全的延伸而被鎖定 時,其重心(一旦安裝了 PC 301)落於沿著耦合點4〇5 、406之間的線段,並且在此配置中,組件是良好平衡的D i provides an extended latch key 373 having sufficient depth to snap into the cross-shaped chute 370 and also attaching its additional side arms 335, 336 from the outer casing during operation of the swing arm structure The edges of 372 are spaced apart by a finger gap of approximately JT. The OEM latch key 373 is an extended version of the shorter depth latch key 322 for use in the clipped embodiment of Figure 32. The central latch keyhole 338 includes a narrow diameter portion (a support portion 333 for supporting the pivot pin 330) and a wider diameter portion (the cold allows the head portion 332 of the pivot pin to be as shown in Fig. 32 above) The latching key travels). The latch key 373 includes threaded securing holes 351, 352 for securing the key to the side arm 335 using bolts 339 that conform to the securing holes 341, 342. The depth of the OEM latch key 373 is deep enough for the overall reversed bore portion containing the aperture 338 and therefore does not need to be shown in the side arm access aperture 337 of Figure 32. Mounting the swing arm assembly is accomplished by first securing the key 373 to the PC housing 372 by screwing the peg 330 into the aperture 371, and thereafter securing the side arm 335 to the key using bolts 339. The left arm 3 3 6 is similarly assembled to the left side (not visible) of the 1013306805-0 of the outer casing 3 7 2 . As in Fig. 32, the neck straps 345, 346 are 101117121^ single number A0101 page 65/142 pages 201248367 are fixed via holes 34, 344 located near the front ends of the side arms 33 5, 336. The OEM PC 369 and its detachable swing arm assembly 305 are independently adapted for sale. The user can first purchase a PC with strategically positioned side fixation holes for mounting the swing arms as described above and then use it as a conventional, handheld PC they will be. Its pc can then be upgraded with a swing arm 305 to provide wearability and desktop standing functionality. When used in a conventional, non-wearing PC, in order to provide a more conventional appearance, a suitably formed decorative plug' may be included and inserted to conceal the left and right chutes 370 and the swing arm fixing holes 371. Figure 41 illustrates another OEM embodiment that is similar to those shown in Figures 28 and 40 but better adapted to use very thin pcs. As PC technology progresses, the thickness of the outer casing 372 may become too small to allow the sufficiently strong cross-shaped chute 37 to be recessed to its left and right sides. The aesthetic reason also requires that the built-in swing arm seat of the OEM cover be invisible than the large chute shown in Figure 4. Thus, when inserted into a suitably formed chute, the PC 374 is configured with a thin rectangular edge profile outer cover 377 suitable for use as a latch key. The pc housing includes left and right mounting holes 378 (left holes are not visible) 'the holes are coaxial and located at the center of gravity associated with them such that their common axes can pivot the swing arms 3〇5 to their various balances as described above And unbalanced usage patterns. The left and right fixing holes 378 are typically threaded to receive the threaded portion 334 of the pivot pin 33, but may be secured using a "bay〇net m〇unt" to increase the available from the 阢374 The ease of installing or removing the swing arm 305. When the optional swing arm and neckband assembly has not been mounted to the pc housing 377, a decorative plug (not illustrated) can be inserted into the aperture 378 to provide a better appearance. 0 Page 66 of 142 1013306805-0 201248367 Swing arm assembly 305 includes left and right bolt-on chute blocks 375 (left chute block not visible) ^ Each chute block 375 includes a thin PC casing 377 formed for use at the edge The cross-shaped recess 376 of the horizontal and vertical channels of the locking engagement (see Figure 45 to view the chute block without hidden lines). Each chute block 375 includes threaded mounting holes 351, 352 for securing the block to the side arms 335, 336 using bolts 339 mounted through the fixing holes 341, 342. The chute block includes a narrow diameter portion (a support portion 333 for the pivot pivot pin 330) and a wider diameter portion (when the user pulls outwardly against the biased internal pressure of the side arm 335 to release When the swing arm is rotated, it enables the head portion 332 of the pivot pin to move axially and prevents outward travel of the block.) The central hole 338 of both the access hole 337 uses a screwdriver or Ai hex. A1 len key for easy installation or removal of the bobbin mo. By allowing the head 332 of the pivot pin to protrude through its side arm (see the figure), the access hole 337 also effectively lengthens the axial travel of the pivot pin 33 with respect to its chute block 375; Sufficient range of motion to completely disengage the cross-shaped chute 376 from the edge of the PC 377 before its action is prevented by the head 332 mounted to the bottom of the large diameter portion of the aperture 338. Figure 42 illustrates the carrier 3〇〇 and 1> (: 301) suspended in a horizontal orientation on the wall 379. The first and second wall hooks 380, 381 are spaced apart for engagement to the swing arm 321 The curved portion. Note that the hooks can be spaced closer together in the variant of the swing arm 321 and still allow the user to accurately orient the PC 301 to its landscape viewing mode. Figure 43 illustrates straight The carrier 3〇〇 and the -30-first-and second wall hooks 380, 381 that are directionally suspended from the wall 379 are spaced apart for engagement with the straight-arm portion of the swing arm 321. Note: The hooks can be spaced closer to each other than the displayed 10111712 product number A0101 page 67/142 page 1013306805-0 201248367, and still provide effective support for viewing the PC 301 in a straight view. Figure 44 illustrates the use of the accessory bracket 382. The carrier 300 is supported in a straight orientation on the table top. The straight bracket 382 is comprised of a generally rectangular platform that can optionally have a rear portion that is cut for lightness as shown. Thick enough to include a swing arm engagement slot 383 across its front surface, Manufactured and oriented in size such that either side arm of the swing arm 321 is tightly mounted to the slot for stable support on the table. Figure 45 illustrates when configured for integration with a smaller tablet computer The OEM embodiment of Figure 41. The previous illustration shows a larger PC with a 10" diagonal touch screen. The smaller PC 301 in Figure 45 has a 7" diagonal touch screen. And a correspondingly smaller outer casing 377. To avoid that the width of the swing arm 321 is too narrow for good ergonomics to conform to the user's abdomen, the right and left arms 335, 336 include an inwardly tapered arm portion 384 385, which enables the smaller PC to conform to the present invention while maintaining comfortable ergonomics. The specific embodiment shown in Figure 30 is also intended to achieve the wearability of a small PC. That particular embodiment uses a universal fixture to The small PC can be rotatably fixed to the swing arm and the neckband required for its wearability. The universal PC carrier platform of Fig. 30 can also be combined with the swing arm locking mechanism shown in Fig. 45 (not shown) Explanation) Figure 46 illustrates when used The integrated ("OEM") embodiment of Figure 45 when combined with a neckband expander to increase the usability of the touch screen. Mounting the carrier 300 to the small PC 301 will typically result in right and left neckbands. A very narrow distance between the cords 393 and 394, thus preventing the user's hand from easily accessing all areas of their touch screen, available and as 10111712 order number should be 01 page 68 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 display The dilator 386 is installed to effectively increase the width of the device and provide greater lateral space for hand movement. In its simplest embodiment, the expander 386 is comprised of a flat piece of material having right and left rope cuts 387 and 388. When greater touch screen usability is desired, the user places the dilator 386 on the back of the PC 301 and then horizontally passes the cord from its coupling points 40 5, 406 through its respective slits 387, 388. 393, 394 redirect the route so that when snapped into the slit, the distance between the ropes becomes sufficiently large that each hand can easily access all positions of the touch screen. For tight storage, the expander 386 can be hinged in the middle or in a socketed, two-part configuration (not shown). Figure 47 is an exploded view of a particular embodiment incorporating a turntable structure similar to that shown in Figure 30 and a telescopically retracted body-standoff structure similar to that shown at Figure 31. The pc 301 is a small smart phone that can be easily secured or released from the carrier 3 via a fitted, releasable bracket 389. The pc holder 389 is rotatably attached to the back plate 39A via a yoke stopper 391 attached through the mounting hole 407 and a spring biased by the "wave washer" 392, thereby allowing the user to reliably rotate The PC 301 is oriented in a straight or horizontal orientation with respect to the backing plate 39. The boss 390 is equipped with right and left body support bars 398 and 399 that are selectively slidable through the right and left leg slide tubes 4〇〇 and 4〇1. The levers 398 and 399 can lock the slide via a device such as a slit 404 that enables the right neck strap coupling point 406 to snap to the right slide tube 4 (the left bracket rod is similarly fully extended therein) The length of the bracket is lockable). It will be apparent to those skilled in the art from the use of friction to lock the rod to other lengths of any desired extension. For the 10111712 order number Α〇 101 page 69 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 provides a comfortable, highly frictional engagement on the user's torso, the foam feet 402, 403 cover the ends of the rods 398, 399. An adjustable neckband composed of the ropes 393, 394, the right and left length adjusters 395, 396, and the neck band 397 for completion of the carrier 300' is fixed to the rod at the coupling points 4〇5, 4〇6. In a preferred mode of use, the carrier 3' is sized and configured such that when the levers 398, 399 are locked with their most complete extension, their center of gravity (once the PC 301 is installed) falls along the edge The line segment between the coupling points 4〇5, 406, and in this configuration, the components are well balanced

,並且PC自使用者腹部間隔開來而用於方便的使用。同 D 樣地,顯示於第24圖之配置為良好平衡的。值得注意的 是,平衡的狀態是使PC能夠以90度懸掛為所顯示之橫式 定向以及其如同某些軟體應用所需要的以此直式定向相 當穩定地懸掛。當以此直式定向懸掛時(未於圖式說明 )’由於載具的直邊變為腹部接觸表面,擺臂於使用者 軀幹的高度摩擦接觸將大幅減弱。此平衡特徵為本發明 值得注意的優勢’因為由於缺乏載具平衡懸掛之任何不And the PC is spaced from the user's abdomen for convenient use. As shown in Fig. 24, the configuration shown in Fig. 24 is well balanced. It is worth noting that the balanced state is such that the PC can be suspended at 90 degrees for the horizontal orientation shown and it is stably suspended in this straight orientation as required for certain software applications. When suspended in this straight orientation (not illustrated), since the straight edge of the carrier becomes the abdomen contact surface, the high frictional contact of the swing arm on the user's torso is greatly diminished. This balance feature is a noteworthy advantage of the invention' because of any lack of carrier balance suspension

平衡的轉矩將造成其快速地向左或右旋轉,從而使其無 CJ 法使用。 八… 第48圖說明了不平衡的穿戴模式,其在—些使用方案中 可被使用來代替上述良好平衡的模式。將栽具3〇〇的擺臂 組件折疊至其緊密但不平衡的收納配置,然後懸掛圍繞 其使用者353的頸部(類似於第25圖中所顯示的頸帶定向 ’除了該載具係以PC的螢幕向内面朝使用者聽幹而非朝 向外地反向懸掛)。當反轉時,此折疊的載具配置可再 被抓取以及旋轉,使得擺臂321如同顯示地變成水平地枚 10111712产單编號A〇1〇l 第70頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 入於使用者的軀幹。隨著它們傾向朝使用者旋轉(由於 頸帶組件306之斜度),擺臂的充分摩擦接觸(或在第47 圖中之發泡體球402、403 )係經由載具300與Pc 3〇1的 結合重量來維持。當以此折疊的配置來穿戴時,pc可被 用於快速的、短期的任務,例如在餐廳,女侍者可能想 要使用PC作為點菜的電子菜單。當使用此「女侍者模式 」時,必須注意維持產生足夠的摩擦接觸的姿勢,不然 載具的不平衡轉矩將旋轉PC回復至垂直地懸掛。 在「女侍者模式」之替代的、不對稱的穿戴形式中使 用者以通·繞麵部、另_邊㈣與手臂的環套而將 頸帶置於-邊的肩膀上(參見第26圖)。此將電腦懸掛 於-條手臂的下方’此處—直可被輕易地轉移至使用者 臀部的背面’而用於緊密的、免持的收納。為了快速的 使用,在沒有部署橋形接合器(bridge)的情況下,將 電腦從使用者背部轉移並抵住前㈣置放,部分地朝向 電腦被收納處下面的腋下。身體切構件仙以平常的 方式麵合至電腦’並且電腦維待其橋形接合器於停放之 配置。 穿戴顯示於第24、25與26圖中之未折疊的、良好命衡的 配置需要更多的使用者互動,以部署供使用的擺臂,然 而其以直式定向支撑PC的能力以及其更好的用於以雙手 打字之螢幕使驗使它比以「女侍者模式」穿戴載具更 加舒適的使用。 使用顯示於第24與26圖之折疊載具模式的p顯著的優 點為PC的觸控螢幕係向外定向,使得其觸控榮纂對路人 是清晰可見的。此顯示特徵使代(當以合適的顯禾軟體 i〇imi2产單編號 1013306805-0 第7丨頁/共142頁 201248367 (例如-u的KeynGte™)裝備時)能關任行動廣告 + H㈣I :如同㈣於㈣圖地穿戴pc的店員可 能從事其正常體力的工作,同時地對鄰近的潛在客戶展 不促銷照片與價格特惠的醒目以片,從而增進店鋪的 銷售收入。在非商業的背景下,此相_「行動廣告」 功能可能使人關Μ自我表現心燈片雜近的人 們展示此外得刊登到社群媒體網站(例如Faceb00kTM) 的個人資訊類型,從而強化其枉群互動的簡易性。 第49圖說明了載具5QQ的替代性具體實施例,其當站立於 桌面上時實現PC 5(Π的升高定位而用於改善的觀看人體 工學。此具體實施例為可被配置的,以作為常見的「對 開(folio)」或「套(sleeve)」形式的外殼,其中 PC 5〇1被容納於剛性或半剛性的背板套5〇2中。背板套 502是與具有顯示於第15圖之抓握裝置1〇1之背板套ι〇〇 類似的結構《在第49圖中,所述抓握裝置進一步延伸以 提供圍繞PC 501之下侧、左側與右側的保護性盒狀外般 。為了完成該對開的外殼’將上抓握裝置5〇4延伸並且沿 著欽接線段結合’使得其形成可被選擇性地折疊於PC 5〇1的螢幕上的面板而用於保護性的收納(類似於在第n 圖中顯示的螢幕蓋子)。使用者可輕易地展開上抓握閉 合面板來使用pc,或是開啟可將pc移出充電通過的頂部 開口。此對開套的簡單形式對於保護%是有用的,然而 其缺乏上述可穿戴之載具具體實施例的功能上優勢° 為實現並強化對開套502的效用,可將三個元件可拆卸地 固定於其上: 1)可將身體支架間隔器固定至套502的底部邊緣,以使 10111712The balanced torque will cause it to rotate to the left or right quickly, making it useless without the CJ method. Eight... Figure 48 illustrates an unbalanced wear pattern that can be used in some of the usage scenarios in place of the well balanced mode described above. Folding the 3-inch swing arm assembly into its tight but unbalanced stowed configuration, then hanging around the neck of its user 353 (similar to the neck strap orientation shown in Figure 25) except for the carrier system Use the PC's screen to face the user inward rather than in the opposite direction. When reversed, the folded carrier configuration can be grasped and rotated again, so that the swing arm 321 becomes horizontal as shown. 10111712. Order No. A〇1〇l Page 70 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 Enter the user's torso. As they tend to rotate toward the user (due to the slope of the neckband assembly 306), the sufficient frictional contact of the swing arms (or the foam balls 402, 403 in Fig. 47) is via the carriers 300 and Pc 3〇 The combined weight of 1 is maintained. When worn in this folded configuration, the pc can be used for fast, short-term tasks, such as in a restaurant where the waitress may want to use the PC as an electronic menu for ordering. When using this "Waitress Mode", care must be taken to maintain a position that produces sufficient frictional contact, otherwise the unbalanced torque of the vehicle will return the rotating PC to a vertical suspension. In the alternative, asymmetrical wear form of the "Waid Mode", the user places the neckband on the shoulder of the side with a loop around the face, the other side (four) and the arm (see Figure 26). ). This suspends the computer from underneath the 'arm' - it can be easily transferred to the back of the user's buttocks for tight, hands-free storage. For quick use, without the deployment of a bridge, the computer is transferred from the back of the user and placed against the front (four), partially toward the underside of the computer where it is stored. The body-cutting component is integrated into the computer in the usual way, and the computer maintains its bridge-shaped adapter in the parked configuration. Wearing an unfolded, well-balanced configuration shown in Figures 24, 25, and 26 requires more user interaction to deploy the swing arm for use, yet its ability to support the PC in a straight orientation and its more A good screen for typing with both hands makes it more comfortable to use than wearing a "waitress mode". The significant advantage of using the folded vehicle mode shown in Figures 24 and 26 is that the PC's touch screen is oriented outwards, making its touch-wise display clear to passers-by. This display feature enables the generation of mobile advertising + H (four) I when it is equipped with the appropriate product software i〇imi2 production number 1013306805-0 page 7 / 142 pages 201248367 (eg -u KeynGteTM): The clerk who wears the pc as in (4) is likely to perform his normal physical work, and at the same time, it will not promote the photo and price of the nearby potential customers to increase the sales revenue of the store. In a non-commercial context, this phase of the "Advertising Ads" feature may evoke a variety of personal information about the types of personal information that will be published on social media sites (such as Faceb00kTM). The simplicity of the group interaction. Figure 49 illustrates an alternative embodiment of the carrier 5QQ that achieves PC 5 (elevated positioning of the cymbal for improved viewing ergonomics when standing on the table. This embodiment is configurable , as a common "folio" or "sleeve" form of the casing, in which the PC 5〇1 is housed in a rigid or semi-rigid backboard sleeve 5〇2. The backboard sleeve 502 is A similar structure of the back cover ι of the gripping device 1 显示 shown in Fig. 15. In Fig. 49, the gripping device is further extended to provide protection around the lower side, the left side and the right side of the PC 501. In order to complete the split casing, the upper gripping device 5〇4 is extended and joined along the Qin wiring section so that it forms a panel that can be selectively folded on the screen of the PC 5〇1. For protective storage (similar to the screen cover shown in Figure n). The user can easily unfold the upper grip panel to use the pc, or turn on the top opening that moves the pc out of charge. The simple form of the set is useful for protecting %, however A lack of functional advantages of the above-described wearable carrier embodiment. To achieve and enhance the utility of the split sleeve 502, three components can be removably secured thereto: 1) The body stent spacer can be secured to the sleeve 502. Bottom edge to make 10111712

A0101 第72頁/共142頁A0101 Page 72 of 142

1013S 201248367 ,、此夠緊握住使用者的躺幹,並且當穿戴時將PC 501從 '、身體間隔開來。身體支架503可-體成形於套502或是 /。著如同顯不之分離線如而可拆卸地固定。 2) 可將頭,5〇7於輕合點5〇9可拆卸地固定至背板套⑽ (類似於第1圖中顯示的固定點16與18)。若503與507 兩者存在那麼載具500以顯示於第48圖之女侍者模式類 似的方式而變為可穿戴的。 3) 為了使載具5〇〇能夠作為如同第5圖或第22圖中所顯 示的桌面電腦支架,可使用如同顯示之可旋轉的裝置固 定左與右支持構件5〇5、506。亦可使用其他可拆卸的支 持固定件,例如插座。當背板502如同顯示地被支持於桌 面時,身體支架間隔器將PC 501抬起到更接近使用者眼 睛的高度’從而改善人體工學。 結論 Ο 前述已組成顯示本發明可如何應用以及付諸使用的特定 具體實施例之描述。這些具體實施例僅為示範性的。本 發明其最廣泛的以及更特定的方面係於現在如下的申請 專利範圍進一步描述並且定義。 這些申請專利範圍以及於本文使用的語言係以已描述的 本發明之變形的方面來了解。它們不是被限制於此類變 形中’而是被理解為包含本發明的全部範圍,如同内含 於本發明以及已經於本文提供的揭露内容中。 其理解到,為清楚起見,本發明的某些特徵以獨立的具 體實施例之上下文描述,亦可以一個單一具體實施例的 結合而提供。反之,為簡潔起見,本發明的各種特徵以 單一具體實施例的上下文而描述者亦玎分開或以任何合 A0101 第73頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 適的子組合而提供。 【圖式簡單說明】 [0005] 第1圖說明平板式電腦(P-C)連同本發明之爆炸視圖; 說明載具的主要子組件以及其功能關係。 第2圖說明第1圖之被組裝並且被固定至其平板式電腦的 P-C載具,以及其具有被旋轉至其完全折疊的位置而用於 支撐電腦平放於桌面上的擺臂。1013S 201248367, this is enough to hold the user's lying dry, and the PC 501 is separated from the body when worn. The body support 503 can be formed in the sleeve 502 or /. The separation line is detachably fixed as if it were not visible. 2) The head, 5〇7, can be detachably fixed to the back cover (10) at the light junction 5〇9 (similar to the fixed points 16 and 18 shown in Figure 1). If both 503 and 507 are present then the carrier 500 becomes wearable in a manner similar to the waitress mode shown in Figure 48. 3) In order to enable the carrier 5 to function as a desktop stand as shown in Fig. 5 or Fig. 22, the left and right support members 5, 5, 506 can be fixed using a rotatable device as shown. Other detachable support fixtures, such as sockets, can also be used. When the backing plate 502 is supported on the table as shown, the body stand spacer lifts the PC 501 to a height closer to the user's eye&apos; to improve ergonomics. Conclusions The foregoing has been described as a description of specific embodiments of how the invention may be applied and used. These specific embodiments are merely exemplary. The broadest and more specific aspects of the invention are further described and defined in the following patent claims. The scope of the claims and the language used herein are to be understood in terms of the aspects of the invention. They are not intended to be limited to such variants, but are to be construed as encompassing the full scope of the invention, as set forth in the <RTIgt; It is understood that certain features of the present invention are described in the context of a separate specific embodiment and may be provided in a single embodiment. Conversely, various features of the invention are described in the context of a particular embodiment, and are provided as a separate sub-combination of any combination of A0101 page 73/142 page 1013306805-0 201248367. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0005] Figure 1 illustrates a tablet computer (P-C) along with an exploded view of the present invention; illustrates the main sub-components of the vehicle and its functional relationship. Fig. 2 illustrates the P-C carrier of Fig. 1 assembled and fixed to its tablet computer, and its swing arm having a position rotated to its fully folded position for supporting the computer to be laid flat on the table top.

第3圖說明當使用以其擺臂提供之懸掛裝置而懸掛於牆上 時第2圖之P-C載具之配置。 第4圖說明P-C載具,其具有被旋轉並且以平淺角度鎖定 而用於支撐P-C的擺臂,P-C其具有以橫向模式顯示以及 在桌面上為打字效率而定位的虛擬鍵盤。 第5圖說明第4圖中的P-C載具配置,其旋轉並且以陡峭角 度置於桌面而用於以橫向模式最佳觀看P-C的觸控螢幕。 第6圖說明第4圖中的P-C載具配置,其由它的使用者牢固 地緊握而用於以直式定向行動觀看P-C的觸控螢幕。Figure 3 illustrates the configuration of the P-C carrier of Figure 2 when suspended from the wall using the suspension provided by its swing arm. Figure 4 illustrates a P-C carrier having a swing arm that is rotated and locked at a flat angle for supporting the P-C, the P-C having a virtual keyboard that is displayed in landscape mode and positioned for typing efficiency on the desktop. Figure 5 illustrates the P-C carrier configuration of Figure 4, which is rotated and placed at a steep angle on the tabletop for optimal viewing of the P-C touch screen in landscape mode. Figure 6 illustrates the P-C carrier configuration of Figure 4, which is firmly gripped by its user for viewing the P-C touch screen in a straight orientation.

第7圖說明P-C載具,其擺臂旋轉並且在最佳角度被鎖定 而用於以直式定向將P-C支撐於桌面上。 第8圖說明P-C載真,其擺臂展開以呈現朝向使用者腹部 之其身體接觸桿以及固定於接近展開組件的平衡點之頸 帶組件,從而讓使用者在以雙手操作平板式電腦時能夠 舒適地四處走動。 第9圖說明第8圖的P-C載具配置,其擺臂與身體接觸桿完 全地折疊以轉移組件的平衡點,使得緊密的平板式電腦 在搬運期間扁平地懸掛於使用者腹部。 第10圖說明第9圖的P-C載具配置,其頸帶被加長而用於 1Qln712l^單編號 A0101 1013306805-0 第74頁/共142頁 201248367 在越過使用者肩膀横負時舒適地攜帶p-c。 第11圖說明第1〇圖的P-C載具配置,其具有固定於Ρ-C的 觸控螢幕上之—隨遂的配件收納袋。 第12圖說明第8圖的裁具配置,其具有固定身體接觸桿而 用於在活動期間更牢固地貼合於使用者的一隨選的背帶 第13圖說明當如同在第4圖顯示的於桌面上打字時,使用 額外強度的支柱之攞臂的角鎖的替代具體實施例。 第14圖說明如何可將第11圖之附件袋固定於P-C、正向鎖 定帶轉環以及當不使用時用於不引人注意地收納頸帶的 裝置之細節。 第15圖說明夾住p-C周圍的圍繞底板或套筒的使用,而不 是使用膠膜來固定載具組件於P-C的底部表面。 第16圖說明特別製造的平板電腦’其中本載具發明的鉸 接樞轴與頸帶轉環榧轴一體成型地模鑄於P_C的外罩。 第17圖說明平板式電腦(P-C)連同使用u形擺臂與腹部 接觸桿之本發明的具體實施例之爆炸視圖。 第18圖說明第17圖之組裝以及固定至其平板式電腦的P-C 載具以及其擺臂旋轉至其收納位置。 第19圖說明了當懸掛於牆上時的第18圖之p_c載具配置。 第20圖說明P-C載具,其具有ϋ形腹部接觸桿被旋轉用於 在平淺角度支撐P-C ’以及具有以橫向模式顯示而用於在 桌面上的最佳打字效率的虛擬鍵盤。 第21圖說明第20圖之P-C載具’其被重新配置並且以陡峭 角度置於桌面而用於以橫向模式觀看P_c觸控螢幕。 ,其被旋轉並且以不同 1013306805-0 第22圖說明第21圖之P-C載具配置 1〇111712产單編號A0101 第75頁/共142頁 201248367 的陡峭角度置於桌面而用於以橫向模式觀看p-c觸控螢幕 第23圖說明第21圖之Ρ-C載具配置,其被旋轉而用於以直 立定向將P-C支撐於桌面上。 第24圖說明P-C載具,其U形擺臂被展開以讓使用者在以 雙手操作平板式電腦時能夠舒適地四處走動。 第25圖說明第24圖之Ρ-C載具配置,其腹部接觸桿完全地 折疊以轉移組件的平衡點,使得緊密的平板式電腦組件 在搬運期間扁平地懸掛於使用者腹部。Figure 7 illustrates the P-C carrier with its swing arm rotated and locked at an optimal angle for supporting the P-C on the table in a straight orientation. Figure 8 illustrates the PC-loaded true arm with its swing arm deployed to present its body-contacting rod toward the user's abdomen and a neckband assembly that is secured to the balance point of the deployment assembly, thereby allowing the user to operate the tablet computer with both hands. Be able to move around comfortably. Figure 9 illustrates the P-C carrier configuration of Figure 8 with the swing arm and body contact lever fully folded to transfer the balance point of the assembly such that the compact tablet computer is suspended flatly from the user's abdomen during handling. Figure 10 illustrates the P-C carrier configuration of Figure 9, with the neckband being lengthened for use in 1Qln712l^single number A0101 1013306805-0 Page 74 of 142 201248367 Comfortably carrying p-c when crossing the shoulder of the user. Figure 11 illustrates the P-C carrier configuration of Figure 1 with a accessory storage pocket attached to the Ρ-C touch screen. Figure 12 illustrates the cutaway arrangement of Figure 8 with a fixed body contact bar for a more secure fit to the user during the event. Figure 13 illustrates the same as shown in Figure 4 An alternative embodiment of the corner lock of the arm of the extra strength strut is used when typing on the table. Fig. 14 illustrates how the attachment pocket of Fig. 11 can be attached to the P-C, the positive locking belt swivel, and the details of the device for unobtrusively accommodating the neckband when not in use. Figure 15 illustrates the use of a surrounding bottom plate or sleeve around the p-C, rather than using a film to secure the carrier assembly to the bottom surface of the P-C. Fig. 16 is a view showing a specially manufactured tablet computer in which the hinge pivot of the present invention and the neck belt swivel cymbal are integrally molded to the outer cover of the P_C. Figure 17 illustrates an exploded view of a tablet computer (P-C) in conjunction with a particular embodiment of the invention using a u-shaped swing arm and an abdomen contact rod. Figure 18 illustrates the assembly of Figure 17 and the P-C carrier attached to its tablet computer and its swing arm rotated to its stowed position. Figure 19 illustrates the p_c carrier configuration of Figure 18 when suspended from a wall. Fig. 20 illustrates a P-C carrier having a dome-shaped abdomen contact rod rotated for supporting the P-C' at a flat angle and a virtual keyboard having an optimum typing efficiency for display on the table in a landscape mode. Figure 21 illustrates the P-C carrier of Figure 20, which is reconfigured and placed at a steep angle on the table top for viewing the P_c touch screen in landscape mode. , which is rotated and is placed in the landscape mode with a steep angle of the PC carrier configuration 1〇111712 production order number A0101 page 75 / 142 pages 201248367 of the 21st figure illustrated in Fig. 21 Figure 23 of the pc touch screen illustrates the Fig. 21 -C carrier configuration, which is rotated for supporting the PC on the table in an upright orientation. Fig. 24 illustrates the P-C carrier with its U-shaped swing arm deployed to allow the user to walk around comfortably while operating the tablet computer with both hands. Figure 25 illustrates a Figure-B carrier configuration in which the abdomen contact lever is fully folded to transfer the balance point of the assembly such that the compact tablet assembly is suspended flatly on the user&apos;s abdomen during handling.

第26圖說明第25圖中之Ρ-C載具配置,其頸帶被加長而用 於在越過使用者肩膀揹負時舒適地攜帶Ρ-C。 第27圖說明第26圖中之Ρ-C載具配置,其具有固定於P-C 的觸控螢幕上之一隨選的配件收納袋。 第28圖說明平板式電腦(Ρ-C)連同使用U形擺臂機構的 本發明具體實施例之爆炸視圖,U形擺臂機構直接地整合 至新製造的Ρ-C外殼,而不是固定在現存的Ρ-C外殼上。Fig. 26 is a view showing the configuration of the Ρ-C carrier in Fig. 25, the neck band of which is lengthened to comfortably carry the Ρ-C when it is carried over the shoulder of the user. Figure 27 illustrates the Ρ-C carrier configuration of Figure 26 with an optional accessory storage bag attached to the touch screen of the P-C. Figure 28 illustrates an exploded view of a tablet computer (Ρ-C) in conjunction with a particular embodiment of the invention using a U-shaped swing arm mechanism that is directly integrated into the newly manufactured Ρ-C housing instead of being fixed On the existing Ρ-C casing.

第29圖說明於第28圖顯示之具體實施例的細節。 第30圖說明固定至較小型Ρ-C (例如「智慧型手機」)的 本發明之一般目的之具體實施例。 第31圖說明本發明的具體實施例,其使用滑動U形把手以 實現擺臂的穿戴功能。 第32圖說明簡易地製造之PC載具的優選具體實施例的各 種建構細節。 第33圖說明穿戴平板式電腦(PC)以及本發明之PC載具 的使用者;所述組件於一可拆卸的、拴繫之袋中搬運。 第34圖說明當部分地重新配置而用於操作PC時第33圖的 10111712产翠編號 A0101 第76頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 袋組件。 第35圖說明在載具已被開啟用於PC的行動使用後的第34 圖的組件。 第36圖說明輔助肩帶之用途,其將重量自使用者的頸部 轉移至其肩膀。 第37圖說明第36圖之肩帶的平面圖。 第38圖說明當穿戴時第36圖之肩帶的後視圖。 第39圖說明當穿戴時第36圖之肩帶的側面圖。 第40圖說明類似於第28圖顯示之OEM具體實施例,其中擺 臂枢軸栓係以螺旋旋入PC之外殼。 第41圖說明整合至比顯示於第40圖更薄的平板式電腦之 OEM具體實施例。 第42圖說明以橫式定向懸掛於牆上的載具。 第43圖說明以直式定向懸掛於牆上的載具。 第44圖說明使用夾於其擺臂的配件支架而以直式定向支 撐於桌面上的載具。 第45圖說明當為了與較小型的平板式電腦整合時之第41 圖的OEM具體實施例。 第46圖說明當與頸帶擴張器結合使用以增加觸控螢幕的 可接近性之第45圖的OEM具體實施例。 第47圖說明併入類似於第30圖顯示之轉盤以及類似於第 31圖顯示之收縮身體支架(body-standoff)的具體實 施例。 第48圖說明耗費較不充分的人體工學而實現更快速的配 置之替代性穿戴模式。 第49圖說明一替代性的具體實施例,其當立於桌面時使 1013306805-0 1{)111712_單編號A0101 第77頁/共142頁 201248367 pc升高位置以及提供可拆卸的頸帶、可拆卸的身體支持 構件以及一體的螢幕保護器。 【主要元件符號說明】 [0006] 1 :平板式電腦 2:載具組件 3 ' 75 :底板 4、305 :擺臂組件 5 ' 62 ' 306 :頸帶組件 6 :短邊 7 :長邊 8:複數資料埠 9:觸控螢幕 10 :虛擬鍵盤 11 :旋轉軸 12 :黏接膜 13、24 :鉸接部 14 :鉸接孔 1 5 :喷合面 16、 18 :凸座 17、 19、207 :孔 20、321 :擺臂 21 :腹部接觸桿 22 :摩擦肋部 23、86a、86b :開口 25 :鉸接栓孔 26 :鉸接栓 10111712产單編號 A0101 第78頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 27 :裝飾帽 28 :橡膠墊圈 2 9 :止推轴承 30 :螺紋旋鈕 31、35 : L形旋轉環 32 ' 36 :旋轉栓 33、 37、85a、85b、345、346 :頸帶繩 34、 38、367、368、395、396 :長度調整器 39 :摩擦面 40 :桌面 41、379 :牆面 42 ‘·釘子 42a、42b :安裝釘 43、353 :使用者 44 :使用者的手 45 :頸墊 4 6 :收納袋 4 7 :上開口 48 :背帶 49 :支柱 50 :底板凸座 51 :支柱插座 52 :樞轉栓 54a、54b、54c、54d ··四角口袋 55a、55b :鎖定凹槽 56a、56b :鎖定槓桿 10111712产單編號删1 第79頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 57 :橡膠緩衝器 58、59 :吊帶接觸點 60、80 : U形擺臂’ 61 :外殼體 63 :腹部接觸部分或橋形接合器 64 :發泡體橡膠摩擦增強器 6 5 a、6 5 b :彎部Figure 29 illustrates details of a particular embodiment shown in Figure 28. Figure 30 illustrates a specific embodiment of the general purpose of the present invention fixed to a smaller Ρ-C (e.g., "smart phone"). Figure 31 illustrates a particular embodiment of the invention that uses a sliding U-shaped handle to achieve the wear function of the swing arm. Figure 32 illustrates various construction details of a preferred embodiment of a PC carrier that is simply manufactured. Figure 33 illustrates the user wearing a tablet computer (PC) and the PC carrier of the present invention; the assembly is carried in a detachable, tethered bag. Figure 34 illustrates the bag assembly when it is partially reconfigured for operation of the PC. Figure 31117, 10111712, Cui No. A0101, page 76/142, pp. 1013306805-0 201248367. Figure 35 illustrates the assembly of Figure 34 after the vehicle has been opened for use by the PC. Figure 36 illustrates the use of an auxiliary shoulder strap that transfers weight from the user's neck to the shoulder. Figure 37 illustrates a plan view of the shoulder strap of Figure 36. Figure 38 illustrates a rear view of the shoulder strap of Figure 36 when worn. Figure 39 illustrates a side view of the shoulder strap of Figure 36 when worn. Figure 40 illustrates an OEM embodiment similar to that shown in Figure 28, in which the swing arm pivot is screwed into the outer casing of the PC. Figure 41 illustrates an embodiment of an OEM integrated into a tablet computer that is thinner than that shown in Figure 40. Figure 42 illustrates the carrier suspended in a horizontal orientation on the wall. Figure 43 illustrates the carrier suspended in a straight orientation on the wall. Figure 44 illustrates a carrier that is supported in a straight orientation on the table top using a fitting bracket that is clamped to its swing arm. Figure 45 illustrates an OEM embodiment of Figure 41 when integrated with a smaller tablet computer. Figure 46 illustrates an OEM embodiment of Figure 45 when used in conjunction with a neckband dilator to increase the accessibility of the touchscreen. Fig. 47 illustrates a specific embodiment incorporating a turntable similar to that shown in Fig. 30 and a body-standoff similar to that shown in Fig. 31. Figure 48 illustrates an alternative wear mode that requires less ergonomics for faster configuration. Figure 49 illustrates an alternative embodiment which, when standing on the table top, raises the position of the 1013306805-0 1{)111712_single number A0101 page 77 / 142 pages 201248367 pc and provides a detachable neckband, Removable body support and integrated screen protector. [Main component symbol description] [0006] 1 : Tablet computer 2: Vehicle assembly 3 ' 75 : Base plate 4, 305: Swing arm assembly 5 ' 62 ' 306 : Neck strap assembly 6 : Short side 7 : Long side 8: Complex data 埠9: touch screen 10: virtual keyboard 11: rotating shaft 12: adhesive film 13, 24: hinge portion 14: hinge hole 1 5: spray surface 16, 18: boss 17, 19, 207: hole 20, 321 : swing arm 21 : abdominal contact rod 22 : friction rib 23 , 86a , 86b : opening 25 : hinge bolt hole 26 : hinge bolt 10111712 production order number A0101 page 78 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 27 : Decorative cap 28: Rubber washer 2 9: Thrust bearing 30: Threaded knob 31, 35: L-shaped rotating ring 32 ' 36 : Rotating bolt 33, 37, 85a, 85b, 345, 346: Neck cord 34, 38, 367 368, 395, 396: length adjuster 39: friction surface 40: table top 41, 379: wall surface 42' nails 42a, 42b: mounting nails 43, 353: user 44: user's hand 45: neck pad 4 6: storage bag 4 7 : upper opening 48 : strap 49 : strut 50 : bottom plate boss 51 : post socket 52 : pivot pin 54a, 54b, 54c, 54d · four-corner pocket 55a, 55b: locking groove 56a, 56b : Locking lever 10111712 Production order number 1 Page 79 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 57 : Rubber bumpers 58, 59 : Strap contact points 60, 80 : U-shaped swing arm ' 61 : Outer casing 63 : Abdominal contact part Or bridge adapter 64: foam rubber friction enhancer 6 5 a, 6 5 b: bend

66a、66b :繩導件 67a、67b :側臂 68a、68b :懸臂延伸件 69a、69b :頸帶旋轉座 70a、70b :枢轉栓 71a、71b :抗旋轉鍵 72a、72b :夾具 73a、73b :固定插槽 74、390 :背板66a, 66b: rope guides 67a, 67b: side arms 68a, 68b: cantilever extensions 69a, 69b: neck belt rotation seats 70a, 70b: pivot pins 71a, 71b: anti-rotation keys 72a, 72b: clamps 73a, 73b : Fixed slot 74, 390: Backplane

76a、76b、201 :擺臂樞轉凸座 77a、77b :擺臂樞轉栓孔 78a、78b :水平抗旋轉滑槽 79a、79b :垂直滑槽 82a、82b :抓握板 83a、83b、310、312、314、316 :螺絲 84a、84b :旋轉環 87a、87b :同心旋轉栓 88a、88b :繩長調整器 89 :膠黏性橡膠墊腳 10111712产單編號 A〇101 第80頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 89a :橡膠墊片腳 90a 、90b :反向孑L (counter — bore) 91a、91b :定位夾 92 :墊片塊76a, 76b, 201: swing arm pivoting projections 77a, 77b: swing arm pivoting bolt holes 78a, 78b: horizontal anti-rotation chutes 79a, 79b: vertical chutes 82a, 82b: gripping plates 83a, 83b, 310 312, 314, 316: Screws 84a, 84b: Rotating ring 87a, 87b: Concentric rotating bolts 88a, 88b: Rope length adjuster 89: Adhesive rubber foot 10111712 Production order number A〇101 Page 80 of 142 1013306805-0 201248367 89a : Rubber spacer feet 90a, 90b: counter bore L (counter — bore) 91a, 91b : locating clip 92: spacer block

93A、93B、95、200 : P-C 94a、94b :擺臂座 96a :平台 96b :轉盤 97 :複數偏壓夾具 98a : U形腹部間隔器 98b、98c :鳩尾凹槽 98d、98e :鳩尾突起 98f、98g :彈簧構件 98h、98i :鎖定孔 100、502 :背板套 101 :抓握裝置 202、203 :旋轉柩轉凸座 204 :外殼 205、206 :旋轉栓孔 208 :摩擦面 209 :相反邊緣 300、500 :載具93A, 93B, 95, 200: PC 94a, 94b: swing arm seat 96a: platform 96b: turntable 97: complex biasing jig 98a: U-shaped abdominal spacer 98b, 98c: dovetail groove 98d, 98e: dovetail protrusion 98f, 98g: spring member 98h, 98i: locking hole 100, 502: back plate cover 101: gripping device 202, 203: rotating swaying projection 204: housing 205, 206: rotating bolt hole 208: friction surface 209: opposite edge 300 , 500: Vehicle

301 、 501 、 369 、 374 : PC 3 02 :矩形背板 303、304 :底座塊 307、308 :摩擦墊 1013306805-0 第81頁/共142頁 201248367 309、311、313、315 :角落孔 317、318 :夾具凸緣 319、320 :外突緣 322、323 :栓鎖鍵 324、325、326、327 :垂直切口 328、329 :螺紋鉸接栓孔 330、331 :鉸接栓 332 :蓋部分 333 :支承部分 334 :螺紋部分 335、336 :側臂 337 :柩轉栓進出孔 338 :樞轉栓支承孔 339 :螺栓 340 :螺帽 341、342 :鍵固定孔 343、344 :頸帶固定孔 347 :圓頭 350、 397 :頸帶套 351、 352 :螺紋固定孔 354 :織布袋組件 355 :關閉蓋 356 :主袋 357 :儲存袋 358 :空隙狹縫 359 :繫繩 10111712产單編號紐01 第82頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 360 : Apple™藍芽鍵盤 361 :肩膀吊帶 362 :左環套 363 :右環套 364 :打結環套 365、366 :調整環套 370 :十字形滑槽 371 :枢轉栓固定孔 372、377 :外罩 373 : OEM栓鎖鍵 375 :滑槽塊 376 :十字形凹口 378 :固定孔 380、381 :牆面掛鉤 382 :配件支架 383 :擺臂卡合插槽 384、385 :錐形之臂部分 386 :擴張器 387、388、404 :切 σ 389 :支架 391 :掣止栓凸座 392 :波狀墊圈 393、394 :繩子 398、399 :覆蓋桿 400、401 :支柱滑動管 402、403 :發泡體墊腳 10111712产單編號Α_ 第83頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 405、406、509 :搞合點 407 :安裝孔 503 :身體支架 504 :上抓握裝置 505、506 :支持構件 507 :頸帶301, 501, 369, 374: PC 3 02: rectangular back plates 303, 304: base blocks 307, 308: friction pads 1013306805-0 page 81 / 142 pages 201248367 309, 311, 313, 315: corner holes 317, 318: clamp flanges 319, 320: outer flanges 322, 323: latching keys 324, 325, 326, 327: vertical slits 328, 329: threaded hinge bolt holes 330, 331: hinge bolt 332: cover portion 333: support Portion 334: Threaded portion 335, 336: Side arm 337: 柩 进 进 338 338 : Pivot pin support hole 339 : Bolt 340 : Nut 341 , 342 : Key fixing hole 343 , 344 : Neck band fixing hole 347 : Round Head 350, 397: neck strap 351, 352: threaded fixing hole 354: woven bag assembly 355: closing cover 356: main bag 357: storage bag 358: gap slit 359: tether 10111712 order number button 01 page 82 / Total 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 360 : AppleTM Bluetooth keyboard 361 : Shoulder strap 362 : Left loop sleeve 363 : Right loop sleeve 364 : Knotted loop sleeve 365 , 366 : Adjusting loop sleeve 370 : Cross - shaped chute 371 : Pivot bolt fixing holes 372, 377: outer cover 373: OEM latch key 375: chute block 376: cross recess 378: fixing holes 380, 381: Face hook 382: accessory bracket 383: swing arm engagement slot 384, 385: tapered arm portion 386: expander 387, 388, 404: cut σ 389: bracket 391: stop bolt projection 392: corrugated washer 393, 394: rope 398, 399: cover rod 400, 401: pillar slide tube 402, 403: foam foot 10111712 production number Α _ 83 pages / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 405, 406, 509: fit Point 407: mounting hole 503: body bracket 504: upper gripping device 505, 506: support member 507: neck strap

10111712^W A0101 第84頁/共142頁 1013306805-010111712^W A0101 Page 84 of 142 1013306805-0

Claims (1)

201248367 七、申請專利範圍: 1 . 一種由一使用者所使用之一平板電腦的支撐物,包含: a) —身體支撐構件,其中該電腦之重量可由一使用者的 上半身承載;以及 b) —身體支持構件,用於將該電腦從一使用者的軀幹向 外定位,該身體支持構件包括具有用於與一電腦卡合之電 腦連接處的二可移動臂, 其中,當向著一操作位置呈現時,這樣的臂可由收納位置 _ 沿著一電腦的側邊來部署,在那裡該臂之各別可延伸端被 ❹ 定位而用於由一使用者的腹部支撐, 並且其中該身體支撐構件為一或更多吊帶的形式,其於這 樣的臂或延伸件或與其連接的連接處之耦合點提供對該各 別的二可移動臂的支撐,而用於承載一電腦之重量, 當該身體支持構件處於其操作位置時,該耦合點被定位於 如果存在時該電腦的橫向邊緣之内侧。 2 . —種由一使用者所使用之一平板電腦的支撐物,包含: U a) —身體支撐構件,其中該電腦之重量可由一使用者的 上半身承載;以及 b) —身體支持構件,用於將該電腦從一使用者的軀幹向 外定位,該身體支持構件包括具有用於與一電腦卡合之電 腦連接處的二可移動臂, 其中,當向著一操作位置呈現時,這樣的臂可由收納位置 沿著一電腦的側邊來部署,在那裡該臂之各別可延伸端被 定位用於由一使用者的腹部支撐, 並且其中該身體支撐構件為一或更多吊帶的形式,其於這 1Q111712f 單編號 A0101 1013306805-0 第85頁/共142頁 201248367 樣的臂或延伸件或與其連接的連接處之耦合點提供對該各 別的二可移動臂的支撐,而用於承載一電腦之重量, 其中該轉合點係關聯於該電腦連接處而各別地定位於遠離 該臂的該可延伸端之一位置。 3 . —種如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之支撐物,該支撐 物與一電腦進行組合,其中該耦合點係沿著跨越該電腦的 寬度之一橫向線段而定位,該電腦的寬度與所組合的電腦 加上身體支持構件的重心接近或約略對齊。 4 . 一種如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之支撐物,其中該 電腦連接處包含夾具,當一電腦存在時,該夾具可沿著該 電腦的各別側邊而卡合一電腦的上表面與下表面。 5 . —種如申請專利範圍第1項、第2項或第3項中任一項所述 之支撐物,該支撐物與一電腦進行組合,其中對應該身體 支持構件的該電腦連接處包含在該電腦各別侧邊的孔,該 孔與一緊固件組合,該僅固件與這樣的孔卡合以連接該各 別臂至該電腦。 6 . —種如在申請專利範圍第5項所述之電腦與支撐物的組合 物,其中該開口為螺紋狀,以接收一螺紋緊固件。 7 . —種如在申請專利範圍第5項所述之電腦與支撐物的組合 物,其中該開口的該側臂被塑形以接收一卡榫緊固件。 8 . —種如在申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之用於卡合一支 撐物的電腦,其具有沿著其各別側邊所形成之開口,以提 供對如在申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之一支撐物的連 接。 9 . 一種如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之支撐物,其中每 一個該臂之該電腦連接處容許各別臂在從該收納位置轉移 10111712严單編號 A〇101 第86頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 至該操作位置時,被可脫離地固定於這些位置中之一者。 10 . —種如申請專利範圍第1項或第2項所述之支撐物,其中該 電腦連接處為樞轉連接處。 11 . 一種如申請專利範圍第10項所述之支撐物,其中該電腦連 接處容許各別臂被旋轉至介於該收納位置以及該操作位置 中間的一或更多優選定向,以經由鎖定裝置而被可拆卸地 固定於這樣一或更多的定向。 12 . —種如申請專利範圍第11項所述之支撐物,其中該鎖定裝 置實現一摩擦或箝夾的卡合,當被卡合時,該摩擦或箝夾 ^ 的卡合將消除該臂關聯於該電腦而旋轉的傾向。 13 . —種如申請專利範圍第11項所述之支撐物,其中該鎖定裝 置包含一鍵與滑槽連接器組合物。 14 . 一種如申請專利範圍第13項所述之支撐物,其包含一連接 構件或「橋形接合器」,其互相連接每一臂之該各別可延 伸端,每一臂的其他端被間隔開而用於連接至要被支撐的 一可攜式電腦之相反侧,其中該臂被彈性地向内偏置而用 於卡合該鍵與滑槽連接器組合物。 £\ ^ 15 . —種如申請專利範圍第13項或第14項所述之支撐物,其 中該滑槽為十字形配置。 16 . —種如申請專利範圍第13項或第14項所述之支撐物,其 中該滑槽被塑形以可脫離地在該收納與操作位置之間的一 中間位置固定該臂,藉此該身體支持構件可被使用以支持 該電腦於一支撐表面,容許其以方便於被一使用者觀看及 /或操作的一角度而傾斜。 17 . —種如申請專利範圍第16項所述之支撐物,其中該中間位 置為由該支撐物所承載的該電腦之該平面的90°。 10111712产單編號A0101 第87頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 18 . —種如在申請專利範圍第13項、第14項、第15項、第16 項或第17項中任一項所述之支撐物,該支撐物與一電腦進 行組合,其中該電腦之該各別側邊作為用於卡合該滑槽的 該鍵。 19 . 一種電腦,其中該電腦的該側邊包含一插槽,以作為用於 與如在申請專利範圍第13項、第14項、第15項、第16項 或第17項中任一項所述之一支撐物卡合的一滑槽。 20 . —種電腦,其中該電腦的該側邊提供用於與一滑槽卡合的 一鍵,該滑槽由如在申請專利範圍第13項、第14項、第 15項、第16項或第17項中任一項所述之一支撐物所承載 21 . —種如申請專利範圍第1項所述之支撐物,其中當該臂在 其收納位置時被連接至該電腦連接處,以致於與存在時的 一電腦為共平面。 22 . —種如上述申請專利範圍中任一項所述之支撐物,其包含201248367 VII. Patent application scope: 1. A support for a tablet computer used by a user, comprising: a) a body support member, wherein the weight of the computer can be carried by a user's upper body; and b) a body support member for positioning the computer outwardly from a user's torso, the body support member including a second movable arm having a computer connection for engagement with a computer, wherein when presented toward an operational position Such an arm can be deployed by a stowage position along a side of a computer, wherein the respective extendable ends of the arm are positioned for being supported by a user's abdomen, and wherein the body support member is One or more slings in the form of coupling points of such arms or extensions or joints connected thereto to provide support for the respective two movable arms for carrying the weight of a computer when the body When the support member is in its operative position, the coupling point is positioned to the inside of the lateral edge of the computer if present. 2. A support for a tablet computer used by a user, comprising: U a) - a body support member, wherein the weight of the computer can be carried by a user's upper body; and b) - a body support member, Positioning the computer outwardly from a user's torso, the body support member including a second movable arm having a computer connection for engagement with a computer, wherein the arm is presented when facing an operational position The storage position can be deployed along a side of a computer, wherein the respective extendable ends of the arms are positioned for support by a user's abdomen, and wherein the body support member is in the form of one or more slings, The coupling point of the arm or extension or the connection thereto is provided by the 1Q111712f single number A0101 1013306805-0, the number of the coupling points of the joints connected thereto, for supporting the respective two movable arms, and for carrying The weight of a computer, wherein the point of convergence is associated with the computer connection and is individually positioned away from one of the extendable ends of the arm. 3. A support as claimed in claim 1 or 2, wherein the support is combined with a computer, wherein the coupling point is positioned along a transverse line segment spanning one of the widths of the computer, The width of the computer is close to or approximately aligned with the center of gravity of the combined computer plus the body support member. 4. A support according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the computer connection comprises a clamp, and when a computer is present, the clamp can be engaged along each side of the computer The upper and lower surfaces of the computer. 5. A support according to any one of claims 1 to 2, wherein the support is combined with a computer, wherein the computer connection corresponding to the body support member comprises In the respective side of the computer, the hole is combined with a fastener that engages with such a hole to connect the respective arm to the computer. A combination of a computer and a support as described in claim 5, wherein the opening is threaded to receive a threaded fastener. A combination of a computer and a support as described in claim 5, wherein the side arm of the opening is shaped to receive a click fastener. 8. A computer for engaging a support as described in claim 1 or 2, having an opening formed along each of its sides to provide a patent as claimed The connection of one of the supports described in item 1 or item 2. 9. A support as claimed in claim 1 or 2, wherein the computer connection of each of the arms allows the respective arms to be transferred from the storage position 10111712 strict single number A〇101 page 86 / Total 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 To this operating position, it is detachably fixed to one of these positions. 10. A support as claimed in claim 1 or 2, wherein the computer connection is a pivotal connection. 11. The support of claim 10, wherein the computer connection allows the respective arms to be rotated to one or more preferred orientations between the storage position and the operational position for passage via a locking device It is detachably fixed to such one or more orientations. 12. The support of claim 11, wherein the locking device achieves a friction or clamping engagement, the engagement of the friction or jaws when the card is engaged will eliminate the arm The tendency to rotate in association with the computer. 13. The support of claim 11, wherein the locking device comprises a key and chute connector composition. A support according to claim 13 which comprises a connecting member or a "bridge adapter" which interconnects the respective extendable ends of each arm, the other ends of each arm being They are spaced apart for attachment to the opposite side of a portable computer to be supported, wherein the arms are resiliently biased inwardly for engaging the key and chute connector composition. £\^15. A support as described in claim 13 or claim 14, wherein the chute is in the shape of a cross. The support of claim 13 or 14, wherein the chute is shaped to releasably secure the arm at an intermediate position between the receiving and operating positions, thereby The body support member can be used to support the computer on a support surface allowing it to be tilted at an angle that is convenient for viewing and/or manipulation by a user. 17. A support as claimed in claim 16, wherein the intermediate position is 90° of the plane of the computer carried by the support. 10111712Product No. A0101 Page 87 of 142 1013306805-0 201248367 18 . — as described in any of the 13th, 14th, 15th, 16th or 17th claims The support is combined with a computer, wherein the respective sides of the computer serve as the keys for engaging the chute. 19. A computer, wherein the side of the computer includes a slot for use in any of items 13, 14, 15, 15, or 17 of the scope of the patent application. a chute in which one of the supports is engaged. 20. A computer, wherein the side of the computer provides a key for engaging with a chute, such as item 13, item 14, item 15, item 16 of the patent application. Or a support according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the support is connected to the computer connection when the arm is in its storage position, So that it is coplanar with a computer in existence. A support according to any one of the preceding claims, which comprises 一連接構件或「橋形接合器」,其互相連結每一臂的該各 別可延伸端,每一臂的其他端被間隔開而用於連接至要被 支撐的一可攜式電腦之相反側。 23 . —種如申請專利範圍第22項所述之支撐物,其中該臂在該 臂與該橋形接合器交會處向外彎曲。 24 . —種如申請專利範圍第22項所述之支撐物,其中該橋形接 合器包含一腹部相符形狀,用於實現改善與一使用者的軀 幹之密合。 25 . —種如申請專利範圍第24項所述之支撐物,其中沿其腹部 相符表面的該橋形接合器包含一摩擦表面,用於與一使用 者的該軀幹改善的摩擦卡合。 1011Π12产單編號A_ 第88頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 26 . —種如申請專利範圍第22項所述之支撐物,該支撐物與一 電腦進行組合,其中該電腦連接處為容許該橋形接合器由 該操作位置旋轉至該收納位置的枢轉連接處,其中在該收 納位置,該橋形接合器被放置相鄰於遠離一使用者的身體 之該電腦的該邊緣,並且該橋形接合器比在該操作位置時 更接近該電腦。 27 . —種如申請專利範圍第26項所述之支撐物,其中當該橋形 接合器以其收納位置而被放置於相鄰該電腦的該邊緣時, 該橋形接合器與該電腦為共平面。 %J 28 . —種如上述申請專利範圍中任一項所述之支撐物,其與跨 越兩臂之間的一背板進行組合。 29 . —種如申請專利範圍第28項所述之支撐物,其中該背板經 由位於該背板的側邊上之邊緣安裝的導件而承載該臂,其 容許該臂沿著這樣的側邊滑動而用於收納。 30 . —種如申請專利範圍第28項所述之支撐物,其中該電腦連 接處包含由背板所承載的夾具,用於當一電腦存在時沿著 該電腦之該各別側邊卡合一電腦之該上與下表面。 Q 31 . —種如申請專利範圍第28項所述之支撐物,其包含安裝於 該背板上而用於承載一電腦的一旋轉地可調整之轉盤,該 轉盤包含用於保持一電腦在其位置上的緊固件裝置並且進 一步包含用於將該轉盤定位於優選的定向的致動器,從而 容許一電腦以橫式定向或者直式定向而被支撐於該背板上 〇 32 . —種如申請專利範圍第31項所述之支撐物,其中該背板包 含一中點延伸件,其由該背板的該上邊緣向外移開以承載 該轉盤。 1〇111712产單編號 A0101 1013306805-0 第89頁/共142頁 201248367 33 . —種如上述申請專利範圍中任一項所述之支撐物,其中該 身體支撐構件包含調整裝置,以當被一使用者攜帶時容許 一使用者提高或降低該電腦的該垂直位置。 34 . —種如申請專利範圍第33項所述之支撐物,其中該身體支 撐構件包含由兩件線型材料所組成的一頸帶,每一個各別 件的該頸帶的之一端被連接以支撐該電腦,並且該頸帶按 尺寸製作以通過圍繞一使用者的頸部後方,其他端於位在 鄰近於該使用者的胸部之壓縮制動的滑動與鎖定端連接處 終止,以在該各別組成吊帶之該各別端以及該反向吊帶之 一相鄰中間部分之間提供一滑動、鎖定的卡合,從而提供 用於定位該吊帶部分之該兩電腦支撐端的該垂直位置之裝 置。 35 . —種如申請專利範圍第34項所述之支撐物,其包含一保護 套,用於覆蓋並且當它們通過圍繞一使用者的頸部後方時 容許該吊帶部分的滑動,從而以該吊帶部分隔離了任何滑 動行為對該衣物或一穿戴者身體的磨擦,其中該套為分岔 的,以提供該頸帶部分可於其内獨立地滑動的二分離的通 道。 36 . —種如申請專利範圍第33項所述之支撐物,其中該身體支 撐構件係包含一肩膀吊帶,該肩膀吊帶對該身體的每一側 包括一吊帶部分,該吊帶部分係按尺寸製作以於一側通過 一使用者的肩膀、跨越該背部向下進行然後向前通過一使 用者的腋下,而用於連接至一電腦。 37 . —種如申請專利範圍第36項所述之支撐物,其中該肩膀吊 帶之該各別的身體側邊吊帶部分形成區段,該區段以下降 的環套懸掛圍繞該身體支持構件之該各別臂而從該肩膀上 1011171#單編號删1 第90頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 往下並於一使用者的腋下返回,以提供該電腦的支撐。 38 . 39 . Ο 40 . 41 . Ο 42 43 ιοιιΐ712Ι^•單編號 一種如在上述申請專利範圍中任一項所述之支撐物該支 撐物與一彈性腰帶進行組合,該彈性腰帶按尺寸製作以在 腰部合身圍繞一使用者之該背部,並且其包含在該腰帶之 忒末端的連接裝置,用於與該各別臂之間的交點卡合。 。種如在上述申請專利範圍中任一項所述之支撐物,該支 撐物與-電腦收納袋進行組合,該收納袋包含—封閉蓋而 用於覆蓋到該袋的人σ,該㈣蓋具有沿其上折疊邊緣的 角凹口,其巾該蓋折疊於外以實現密閉該凹口容許該 &quot;&quot;帶L伸至4 &amp;的人口,當置於該收納袋時其可被連接並 且支撐一電腦。 -種如_請專職圍㈣項所敎域物,其巾該收納袋 包含繫繩’用於對每—臂可拆卸的卡合,當該支樓物被一 者使用時’這樣的繫繩對該臂之該可延伸端為可附加 的或是鄰近於該電腦連接處。 —種如上述巾請專利範圍中任—項所述之支撐物,該支撑 物支柱進行組合,該支柱用於在—桌面上支撐一電腦 田至少-該臂存在時沿著該電腦的—側邊而被放置在其 入 ,βΛ支柱為具有一水平對齊插槽而用於接收與卡 用於支擇該電腦之所放置之臂的一腳踏板形式。 種如上述巾請專利範圍中任-項所述之支撐物,該支樓 物與-擴張ϋ構件進行組合’該擴張器構件於其外端具有 帶卡Π裝置’以提供位於從該支撐物側面向外的耦合點 ’並且從而當存在時改善手動使用 一電腦。 種如申請專利範圍第42項所述之支撐物,其中該擴張器 第91頁/共142頁 構件包含對該臂側面向外的可延伸部分,其可延伸部分承 Α0101 ' 1013306805-0 201248367 載該耦合點。 44 . 一種如申請專利範圍第42項所述之支撐物,其中該擴張器 為在其長度是可折疊的一線形構件,以減少其尺寸到它將 符合約略為一電腦之尺寸的一收納袋的程度。 45 . —種使用如申請專利範圍第22項所述之一支撐物的方法, 該支撐物與具有用於呈現一直立影像之一重力感測器的一 電腦進行組合,包含: 1) 於該收納位置以該橋形接合器承載該電腦,並且在向 外地顯示該電腦上的一直立影像時該電腦位於一下垂定向 η * 2) 將該電腦轉移至該使用者的前面部分;以及 3) 經由旋轉該電腦以造成該顯示器重新定向180度而將 電腦由該下垂定向部署為一水平定向,並且將該橋形接合 器置於一使用者的軀幹前側以供使用。 46 . —種電腦支撐物,包含: 1) 一背板,該背板承載周圍抓握裝置以卡合一電腦之側 邊並且提供用於該電腦的一外殼; ◎ 2) —頂部開口,位於一電腦可被插入或移出通過之處; 3) 該頂部開口的一封蓋,該封蓋包含沿著一鉸接線而連 接至該背板的一保護面板,以容許該面板折疊於一電腦的 該螢幕上而用於該電腦之保護性收納,或是展開以露出該 電腦,以及該頂部開口用於從該套移出該電腦; 4) 一身體支柱間隔器,可拆卸地沿著其底部邊緣而固定 於該外殼,用於與一使用者的軀幹卡合,從而當穿戴時將 該電腦與一使用者的軀幹間隔開; 5) —頸帶,用於在二間隔開的耦合點可拆卸地被連接至 1011Π12产單編號A_ 第92頁/共142頁 1013306805-0 201248367 該背板;以及 6) —可部署的支持結構,被連接至該背板以於一桌面支 撐該外殼。 47 . —種如申請專利範圍第46項所述之電腦支撐物,其中該支 持結構係經由可旋轉的連接而附加至該套。 48 . —種如申請專利範圍第46項或第47項所述之電腦支撐物 ,其中該身體支柱間隔器係一體成型於該套。 49 . 一種如申請專利範圍第46項、第47項或第48項中任一項 所述之電腦支撐物,其中該支持結構係經由可旋轉的連接 而附加於該套。 50 . —種如申請專利範圍第46項、第47項或第48項中任一項 所述之電腦支撐物,其中該身體支持間隔器沿著一分離線 而可拆卸地固定於該套。 51 . —種如申請專利範圍第22項所述之電腦支撐物,該電腦支 撐物與具有一厚度的一電腦進行組合,其中於該電腦的該 厚度之相同平面而測量的該臂以及橋形接合器之寬度大於 該電腦的該厚度。 1〇nm2产單編號A0101 第93頁/共142頁 1013306805-0a connecting member or "bridge adapter" that interconnects the respective extendable ends of each arm, the other ends of each arm being spaced apart for connection to a portable computer to be supported side. A support as claimed in claim 22, wherein the arm is outwardly bent at the intersection of the arm and the bridge adapter. A support as claimed in claim 22, wherein the bridge connector comprises an abdomen conforming shape for achieving improved adhesion to a user's torso. A support according to claim 24, wherein the bridge adapter conforming to the surface of the abdomen comprises a friction surface for engaging with an improved friction of the torso of a user. 1011Π12Bill No. A_ Page 88 of 142 1013306805-0 201248367 26. A support as claimed in claim 22, the support being combined with a computer, wherein the computer connection is to allow a bridge adapter rotated from the operative position to a pivotal connection of the stowed position, wherein in the stowed position, the bridge adapter is placed adjacent the edge of the computer remote from a user's body, and the The bridge adapter is closer to the computer than at the operating position. The support of claim 26, wherein when the bridge adapter is placed adjacent to the edge of the computer in its stowed position, the bridge adapter and the computer are Coplanar. A support according to any one of the preceding claims, which is combined with a backing plate that spans between the arms. A support as claimed in claim 28, wherein the backing plate carries the arm via a guide mounted on an edge of the side of the backing plate, which allows the arm to be along such side Sliding for storage. 30. The support of claim 28, wherein the computer connection comprises a clamp carried by the backboard for engaging the respective sides of the computer when a computer is present The upper and lower surfaces of a computer. Q 31. A support as claimed in claim 28, comprising a rotationally adjustable turntable mounted on the backboard for carrying a computer, the turntable being included for holding a computer a fastener device in its position and further comprising an actuator for positioning the dial in a preferred orientation to permit a computer to be supported on the back panel in a horizontal or straight orientation. The support of claim 31, wherein the backing plate includes a midpoint extension that is outwardly removed from the upper edge of the backing plate to carry the turntable. 1 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 When the user carries it, a user is allowed to raise or lower the vertical position of the computer. A support according to claim 33, wherein the body support member comprises a neck band composed of two pieces of linear material, one end of the neck band of each of the individual members being connected to support The computer, and the neckband is sized to terminate by a rear of a user's neck, the other end being in a position adjacent to the compression brake of the user's chest and the locking end connection, in the respective A sliding, locking engagement is provided between the respective ends of the sling and one of the adjacent intermediate portions of the reverse sling to provide means for positioning the vertical position of the two computer support ends of the sling portion. 35. A support as claimed in claim 34, which comprises a protective cover for covering and allowing the sliding of the sling portion when they pass behind a neck of a user, thereby slinging the sling Partially isolating any sliding action on the garment or a wearer's body, wherein the sleeve is bifurcated to provide two separate passages within which the neckband portion can slide independently. 36. The support of claim 33, wherein the body support member comprises a shoulder strap that includes a sling portion on each side of the body, the sling portion being sized The side is connected to a computer through a user's shoulder, across the back, and then forwards through a user's armpit. 37. The support of claim 36, wherein the respective body side sling portions of the shoulder harness form a section that is suspended around the body support member with a descending collar The respective arms are returned from the shoulder 1011171# single number 1 page 90 / 142 pages 1013306805-0 201248367 down and under the squat of a user to provide support for the computer. 38 . 39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . The waist fits around the back of a user and includes attachment means at the end of the waistband for engagement with the intersection between the respective arms. . A support according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the support is combined with a computer storage bag, the storage bag comprising a closure cover for covering a person σ of the bag, the (four) cover having An angular recess along which the edge is folded, the cover is folded over to achieve sealing of the recess to allow the &quot;&quot;L to reach the population of 4&amp; which can be connected when placed in the storage bag And support a computer. - such as _ please the full-time (4) item, the towel contains the tether 'for the detachable engagement of each arm, when the branch is used by one' The extendable end of the arm is attachable or adjacent to the computer connection. a support as claimed in any of the above-mentioned patents, wherein the support pillars are combined for supporting a computer field on a table top at least - the arm is along the side of the computer While being placed in, the beta mast is in the form of a pedal having a horizontally aligned slot for receiving the arm with which the card is used to select the computer. A support according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the support is combined with an expansion dam member having a click device at its outer end to provide access from the support The laterally outward coupling point 'and thus improves the manual use of a computer when present. A support according to claim 42 wherein the expander has a extendable portion extending outwardly from the side of the arm, the extendable portion of which is supported by 0101 ' 1013306805-0 201248367 The coupling point. 44. The support of claim 42, wherein the expander is a linear member that is foldable over its length to reduce its size until it conforms to a storage bag that is approximately the size of a computer. Degree. 45. A method of using a support as claimed in claim 22, the support being combined with a computer having a gravity sensor for presenting an upright image, comprising: 1) The storage location carries the computer with the bridge adapter and the computer is in a downward orientation η* 2) when the outward image on the computer is displayed outwardly, the computer is transferred to the front portion of the user; and 3) The computer is deployed from the depending orientation to a horizontal orientation by rotating the computer to cause the display to be reoriented 180 degrees, and the bridge adapter is placed on the front side of a user's torso for use. 46. A computer support comprising: 1) a backing plate carrying a surrounding gripping device to engage a side of a computer and providing a housing for the computer; ◎ 2) - top opening, located a computer that can be inserted or removed; 3) a cover at the top opening, the cover including a protective panel attached to the back panel along a hinge line to allow the panel to be folded over a computer The screen is used for protective storage of the computer, or deployed to expose the computer, and the top opening is used to remove the computer from the set; 4) a body pillar spacer detachably along the bottom edge thereof And being fixed to the outer casing for engaging with a user's torso to separate the computer from a user's torso when worn; 5) a neck strap for detachable at two spaced apart coupling points The ground is connected to the 1011Π12 order number A_ page 92/142 page 1013306805-0 201248367 the backplane; and 6) a deployable support structure that is coupled to the backplane to support the enclosure on a table top. 47. The computer support of claim 46, wherein the support structure is attached to the sleeve via a rotatable connection. 48. A computer support as described in claim 46 or 47, wherein the body post spacer is integrally formed in the sleeve. A computer support according to any one of claims 46, 47, or 48, wherein the support structure is attached to the sleeve via a rotatable connection. A computer support according to any one of claims 46, 47, or 48, wherein the body support spacer is detachably secured to the sleeve along a separation line. 51. A computer support according to claim 22, wherein the computer support is combined with a computer having a thickness, wherein the arm and the bridge are measured on the same plane of the thickness of the computer. The width of the adapter is greater than the thickness of the computer. 1〇nm2 Production Order No. A0101 Page 93 of 142 1013306805-0
TW101117121A 2011-05-17 2012-05-14 Portable computer support TW201248367A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CA2740909 2011-05-17
CA2759096 2011-11-21
PCT/CA2012/000342 WO2012139198A1 (en) 2011-04-11 2012-04-05 Portable computer support

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201248367A true TW201248367A (en) 2012-12-01

Family

ID=48138716

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW101117121A TW201248367A (en) 2011-05-17 2012-05-14 Portable computer support

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (1) TW201248367A (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI728496B (en) * 2018-11-30 2021-05-21 美商惠普發展公司有限責任合夥企業 Biasing members for computing devices

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI728496B (en) * 2018-11-30 2021-05-21 美商惠普發展公司有限責任合夥企業 Biasing members for computing devices
US11493965B2 (en) 2018-11-30 2022-11-08 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Biasing members for computing devices

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CA2831048C (en) Portable computer support
JP5879337B2 (en) Case accessories for portable electronic devices and related systems and methods
US20170152990A1 (en) Wearable Body Supported Computer
CN204949986U (en) Super portable support
US20150173497A1 (en) Apparatus And Methods For Carrying Electronic Devices
US20160224125A1 (en) Combination protective case and stand for a tablet device and keyboard
US20120211377A1 (en) Combination protective case and stand for a tablet device and keyboard
US8887976B2 (en) Articulated front accessible backpack
TW200526484A (en) Tablet and notebook pc carrier
US20120175396A1 (en) Structural support device for laptop and portable electronic device carrying cases
CN103038722A (en) Holder for electronic device with support
US20150205327A1 (en) Bag computer display panel mounts, telecommunications, wearable adaptations and accessories
US20170068270A1 (en) Improved support for a portable computer
US9737132B2 (en) Movement and securement features for a structure, particularly a wearable article
JP2016509701A (en) Latch and carry removable messenger bag and shoulder strap assembly for personal electronic devices
US9973229B2 (en) Portfolio case for use with tablet computer
TW200942195A (en) Handle of a hideaway type belt
US9730508B2 (en) Backpack for a mobile device user
US11123646B1 (en) Electronic screen holder device and method
TW201413427A (en) Accessory for use with a portable computing device and frame for a portable computing device
US10064476B2 (en) Articulated front accessible backpack
TW201248367A (en) Portable computer support
CN207022076U (en) Wearing device
US20050178809A1 (en) Portable convertible workstation desk
CA2850596A1 (en) Improved support for a portable computer